小学英语阅读理解与完形填空满分训练150篇_26春四年级上下册人教版_四上英语合集人教版PEP英语四年级上册新教材（教学视频+课件+动画+音频+练习+教案）_17练习资料

小学英语阅读理解与完形填空满分训练150 篇（附答案详解） 主    编：王汝荣  赵  临 责任编辑：王  芳 封面设计：杜静静 出版发行：上海社会科学院出版社 上海顺昌路622号  邮编200025 电话总机021-63315947  销售热线021-53063735 http: // www. sassp. org. cn  E-mail: sassp@sassp. cn 照    排：北京林海泓业文化有限公司 印    刷：上海万卷印刷股份有限公司 开    本：787 毫米 × 1092 毫米  1/16 开 印    张：13.25 字    数：350 千字 版    次：2019 年9 月第1 版  2019 年9 月第1 次印刷 ISBN 978-7-5520-2755-6 / G·846                                                定价：35.00 元 版权所有  翻印必究 　图书在版编目（CIP）数据 　小学英语阅读理解与完形填空满分训练150 篇：附答案详解 / 王汝荣，赵临主编. — 上海：上海社会科学院出版社，2019 　ISBN 978-7-5520-2755-6 　Ⅰ. ① 小…　Ⅱ. ① 王… ② 赵…　Ⅲ. ① 英语课- 小学- 习题集　 Ⅳ. ① G624. 315 　中国版本图书馆CIP 数据核字（2019）第111912 号 “阅读理解”和“完形填空”题在语篇中测试学生的基础、阅读、思维、判断能力， 是一种要求高、难度大、区分度高的题型，尤其在小学阶段，这两大核心题型愈发 引起广大师生和家长的高度关注。究竟如何科学、系统地提高这一核心能力成为令 人焦虑的话题，而《小学英语阅读理解与完形填空满分训练150 篇》一书的推出旨在 回应这种关切，帮助读者快速、有效、科学地提高英语阅读理解能力。本书具有以下 特点： 一、科学搭配，系统训练 本书采用“1+2”模式，即每单元安排“1 篇完形填空和2 篇阅读理解”，全书共 涵盖150 篇文章，足可以满足读者小学总复习阶段的英语学习需要。 二、题型多样，动脑动手 阅读和完形题目的设计，既有传统题型，更有选词填空、信息填空等任务型题型； 既关注培养学生的思维能力，更重视培养学生的动手书写能力，可以更加有效地提升 英语综合运用能力。 三、享受阅读，人文关怀 本书精选文本，体裁和话题丰富多彩，极具趣味性。内容贴近学生生活，富有浓 厚的时代气息，蕴含丰富的人生哲理，处处体现正能量，让读者在提高阅读能力的同时， 享受阅读之乐，有利于提升核心素养和培养创新思维能力。 四、重视基础，助力提高 本书在每一单元末设置“帮你拓词汇”栏目，旨在结合单元话题，帮助读者组块记忆， 有效巩固核心词汇，适量拓展新词汇，为后续英语学习奠定更加牢固的基础。 五、答案详解，呵护读者 本书为所有题目提供了一语中的、简明扼要的答案解析，旨在告诉读者解题关键 所在，同时有助于启迪学生的思维，逐步培养其良好的答题技巧。 前 言 以上板块设置有助于小学生朋友夯实语法和词汇基础，为升入初中做好准备。 当然，囿于编者水平，书中不足之处在所难免，敬请广大读者和同仁批评指 正。 目 录 第一章  基础篇 001 Unit 1 002 A. 写给网友的邮件 002 B. 不同的运动爱好 002 C. 寻找铅笔盒 003 Unit 2 005 A. 让他人高兴 005 B. 家谱信息 005 C. 多彩的家庭 006 Unit 3 008 A. 家乡的秋冬 008 B. 航班信息 008 C. 难忘生日聚会 009 Unit 4 010 A. 邮件回复 010 B. 个人信息交流 010 C. 珍妮的生日聚会 011 Unit 5 013 A. “聪明”的卡尔 013 B. 米莉的课程表 013 C. 旅游信息 014 Unit 6 016 A. 令人自豪的长城 016 B. 这样使用新书包 016 C. 四地少年忙什么 017 Unit 7 019 A. 帮人送信 019 B. 贝蒂征友 019 C. 个人信息匹配 020 Unit 8 022 A. 海外来信 022 B. 失物招领 022 C. 迈克的神秘工作 023 Unit 9 025 A. 熊猫便便可做纸 025 B. 小伙伴房间展示 025 C. 泰国欢迎你 026 Unit 10 028 A. 应聘笔友 028 B. 学校开放日 028 C. 手机短信 029 第二章  提高篇 031 Unit 11 032 A. 老师椅子上的墨水 032 B. 我喜欢的旅行方式 032 C. 温馨的蛋糕 033 Unit 12 035 A. 如何听到声音？ 035 B. 失物招领 035 C. 如此减肥？ 036 Unit 13 038 A. “相同”的大衣 038 B. 忙碌的周末 038 C. 休闲旅游车 039 Unit 14 041 A. 来自网友的关心 041 B. 食品店欢迎你 041 C. 美国的校园生活 042 Unit 15 044 A. 对塑料吸管说不 044 B. 难忘美国之行 044 1 C. 你喜欢馄饨吗？ 045 Unit 16 047 A. 我的好朋友 047 B. 失物招领 048 C. 多变三月天 048 Unit 17 050 A. 酷爱宠物的安迪 050 B. 坚果找到了 050 C. 健身好处多 051 Unit 18 053 A. 机器人老师 053 B. 博物馆参观信息 053 C. 快乐伦敦游 054 Unit 19 056 A. 商品大减价 056 B. 游泳池开业了 056 C. 英国的一日四餐 057 Unit 20 059 A. 春节习俗 059 B. 车票降价了 059 C. 你丢东西了吗？ 060 Unit 21 062 A. 丑陋的食物要扔掉吗？ 062 B. 这里的牛肉最棒 062 C. 不同国家送礼习俗不同 063 Unit 22 065 A. 爱车的美国年轻人 065 B. 一所国际学校的校规 065 C. 美国的学制 066 Unit 23 068 A. 我要下车 068 B. 爱读书的德国人 068 C. 国家不同，校规不同 069 Unit 24 071 A. 最脏的蔬果 071 B. 安妮最喜欢的活动 071 C. 人要有梦想 072 Unit 25 074 A. 澳洲读书周 074 B. 如何更健康？ 074 C. 夏日圣诞节 075 Unit 26 077 A. 美国教师节 077 B. 个人信息 078 C. 礼貌和诚实 078 Unit 27 080 A. 数羊有助于睡眠吗？ 080 B. 早起益处多 080 C. 中国人送礼有禁忌 081 Unit 28 083 A. 中国的夜宵 083 B. 音乐和舞蹈演出 083 C. 愚蠢的人？ 085 Unit 29 086 A. 不同国家的国庆日 086 B. 龙舟赛 086 C. 无人机送快递 087 Unit 30 089 A. 乘法口诀在英国 089 B. 生活广告 089 C. 懂友谊的猫 091 第三章  突破篇 093 Unit 31 094 A. 理想的假期 094 B. 少年追梦 094 2 C. 让冰旅馆夏天不融化 095 Unit 32 097 A. 立冬节气 097 B. 电视频道信息 098 C. 培养学习好习惯 098 Unit 33 100 A. 雪豹 100 B. 英国的交通 100 C. 独自在家学会自我保护 101 Unit 34 103 A. 美国学生为校服发愁 103 B. 周日与动物相约 103 C. 辨认时间真难学 104 Unit 35 106 A. 世界上最长的铁路 106 B. 魅力上海 106 C. 电子书包 107 Unit 36 109 A. 掉在地上的食物能吃吗？ 109 B. 网上活动调查 109 C. 外星人造访 110 Unit 37 112 A. 万圣节 112 B. 减少校园污染 112 C. 去朋友家做客 113 Unit 38 115 A. 晒太阳让你更聪明 115 B. 行为规则 115 C. 邀请和回应邀请 116 Unit 39 118 A. 聊天机器人 118 B. bathroom 还是restroom 119 C. 读书究竟为什么？ 119 Unit 40 121 A. 风筝的前世今缘 121 B. 生活服务信息 121 C. 儿童与音乐 122 Unit 41 124 A. 电子产品让你入睡难 124 B. 生日风俗 124 C. 森林迷路不用怕 125 Unit 42 127 A. 汉语拼音60 岁了 127 B. 图书馆借阅信息 127 C. 快乐单车骑行 128 Unit 43 130 A. 舌尖上的感恩节 130 B. 外出用餐小贴士 130 C. 海南的四季 132 Unit 44 134 A. 美国的购物中心 134 B. 生活广告 134 C. 忙碌的蜜蜂 135 Unit 45 137 A. 密码设置须安全 137 B. 海鸟为什么吃塑料？ 138 C. 体验当明星 139 Unit 46 141 A. 世界家庭日 141 B. 幽默三则 141 C. 网上聊天安全第一 142 Unit 47 144 A. 美国小学生的一天 144 B. 怎样过父亲节最有意义 144 3 C. 动物大观园 145 Unit 48 147 A. 好玩的水滑梯 147 B. “阳光之城” 147 C. 健康生活方式 148 Unit 49 150 A. 最简单的问候方式 150 B. 护眼从自身做起 150 C. 网站为你分忧 152 Unit 50 154 A. 拒绝欺凌 154 B. 健康从三餐开始 154 C. 购物在英国 155 附录：答案详解 158 4 第一章 基础篇 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 002 ▲ Unit 1 ▲ A. 写给网友的邮件 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear Tony, I’m a student in a     1    of Nanjing now. I have     2    classes a day: two in the morning and two in the afternoon. The students in my class are very nice. They always play games with me and     3    me with my English. My English teacher is very nice, too. His     4    is Peter. He gave(给) me an English     5    . It helps me to learn English. I must say     6    to my teacher. My classroom is very tidy. Twenty desks and nineteen     7    are in it. I     8    Nanjing is a very good city. Welcome to Nanjing and call me     9    328-9401. It’s my new phone     10    . Yours, Chen Hua (    ) 1. A. library B. school C. room D. family (    ) 2. A. two B. three C. four D. five (    ) 3. A. say B. meet C. excuse D. help (    ) 4. A. family B. picture C. school D. name (    ) 5. A. dictionary B. jacket C. eraser D. baseball (    ) 6. A. morning B. fine C. thanks D. hello (    ) 7. A. chairs B. beds C. sofas D. tables (    ) 8. A. think B. know C. call D. ask (    ) 9. A. in B. at C. about D. on (    ) 10. A. game B. bag C. book D. number B. 不同的运动爱好 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Lucy I like sports. I have ten tennis balls, seven basketballs, four volleyballs and five soccer balls. I play tennis with my friends every day. 003 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 1 Mary I have five baseballs, five volleyballs and two soccer balls. I like ping- pong. It’s easy for me. I play ping-pong with my classmates. I also(也) have three ping-pong bats and eight ping-pong balls. Alice I don’t have any balls. I love sports, but I don’t play them. I only watch them on TV. (    ) 1. Lucy has         volleyballs. A. four B. ten C. seven D. five (    ) 2. Lucy plays         every day. A. ping-pong B. tennis C. baseball D. soccer (    ) 3. Mary doesn’t have         . A. volleyballs B. ping-pong balls C. basketballs D. ping-pong bats (    ) 4.         has two soccer balls. A. Mary B. Lucy C. Alice D. No one (    ) 5. Alice         . A. doesn’t like sports B. thinks ping-pong is easy C. watches TV every day D. doesn’t have any balls C. 寻找铅笔盒 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 Hi, my name is Kate Green. I am an English girl! This morning I lost my pencil box in the school gym. It’s blue and white. And the picture on it is about Boonie Bears. Guang Touqiang has a yellow hat. My blue pen and purple ruler are in the pencil box. Two red pencils and a yellow eraser are in it, too. In the pencil box, there is a piece of paper. On the paper is my name—Kate Green. The pencil box is very important to me. I must find it. If you find my pencil box, you can call me. My phone number is 688-6942. Well, you can also e-mail me at kate123@sina.com. Thanks! 004 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 1. What color is the pencil box?                                                                           2. Who has a yellow hat?                                                                           3. Is a yellow eraser in the pencil box?                                                                           4. What’s on the paper?                                                                           5. What’s Kate’s telephone number?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. play games  玩游戏 2. help sb. with  在……方面帮助某人 3. say thanks to sb.  对某人说谢谢 4. tidy /'taɪdi/ adj.  整洁的，整齐的 5. baseball /'beIsbC:l/ n.  棒球 6. volleyball /'vBlIbC:l/ n.  排球 7. on TV  在电视上 8. purple /'pɜ:pl/ adj.  紫色的 9. eraser /ɪ'reɪzə(r)/ n.  橡皮擦 10. a piece of paper  一张纸 11. be important to sb.  对某人很重要 12. phone number  电话号码 005 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 2 ▲ Unit 2 ▲ A. 让他人高兴 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 At the class meeting     1    Monday, the head teacher asks her students a     2    , “Do you often make others     3    , boys and girls?” “Yes!” one boy     4    loudly. “How     5    , Sandy!” said the teacher and he is very glad. “And Sandy, would you     6    to tell us that happy thing?” “All right. Every Sunday I go to my     7    house. I often play     8    my grandmother for three hours. And     9    I say, ‘Granny, I’m going     10    now.’ she often says, ‘Well, I’m so happy.’” (    ) 1. A. in B. on C. at D. by (    ) 2. A. question B. number C. gift D. banana (    ) 3. A. excited B. sad C. happy D. sorry (    ) 4. A. answers B. tells C. talks D. says (    ) 5. A. interesting B. clever C. beautiful D. nice (    ) 6. A. want B. like C. go D. come (    ) 7. A. friend’s B. mother’s C. brother’s D. grandmother’s (    ) 8. A. and B. to C. with D. for (    ) 9. A. when B. if C. how D. what (    ) 10. A. late B. here C. home D. up B. 家谱信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Look at the family tree and answer the questions. Family tree Bob Jack Mary Cindy Jenny John Anna David Kate Gina 006 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. Jenny is         mother. A. Mary’s B. Anna’s C. Cindy’s D. Gina’s (    ) 2. John is Kate’s         . A. son B. father C. sister D. uncle (    ) 3. Mary and John are         . A. David’s parents B. Gina’s uncle and aunt C. brother and sister D. Jack’s cousins (    ) 4.         are Kate’s grandparents. A. David and Anna B. Cindy and John C. Mary and Jack D. Jenny and Bob (    ) 5. Anna and Kate are         . A. cousin B. cousins C. sister D. sisters C. 多彩的家庭 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Dear Bob, Thank you for your e-mail. I’m happy to be your friend. I know you have a big and happy family. Here’s my family photo. The man is my father. He’s a teacher. My father likes his work. The woman is my mother. She works in a library. She likes books very much, so she always says her work is great. The boy is my brother. He likes basketball. He likes Kobe Bryant and he has some photos of Kobe in his room. He wants to be a basketball player, too. The girl in the photo is me. I like Wu Yifan. His English name is Kris. He’s very good. This is my family. Bob, can I know something about your school? Write to me, please. Yours, Mary (    ) 1. Bob is Mary’s         . A. friend B. cousin C. brother D. teacher 007 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 2 (    ) 2. Who works in a library? A. Mary. B. Bob. C. Mary’s mother. D. Bob’s father. (    ) 3. The underlined(画线的) word “player” means “        ” in Chinese. A. 运动员 B. 俱乐部 C. 老师 D. 播放机 (    ) 4. We know there are         people in Mary’s family. A. three B. six C. five D. four 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. on Monday  在星期一 2. head teacher  班主任，校长 3. would like to do sth.  愿意做某事 4. family tree  家谱 5. family photo  家庭照片 6. player /'pleɪə(r)/ n.  运动员 7. English name  英文名字 8. write to sb.  给某人写信 008 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 3 ▲ A. 家乡的秋冬 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       and        comes      go          play            snows    windy       sunny      went        clothes      December      or        better In my hometown, autumn often     1    in September. The days get shorter     2    the nights get longer. It is often cool but usually     3    . Sometimes we     4    basketball or football. Winter usually starts in     5    . The days are shorter and the nights are long. It is cold and     6    . Sometimes it     7    and the ground is all white. It’s very beautiful. We are often wearing thick and warm     8    . We often     9    skiing or skating. Now, which season do you like     10    , autumn or winter? 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 航班信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 FLIGHT INFORMATION （航班信息） Date From To Departure （出发） Arrival （到达） Flight No. Price （价格） January 20 Beijing Hong Kong 20:10 23:35 HX313 ￥867 January 20 Beijing Taipei 14:05 17:20 CA189 ￥2,084 January 20 Beijing Macao 11:45 15:10 NX002 ￥1,637 January 20 Beijing Sanya 09:35 13:45 CA1803 ￥2,500 January 20 Beijing Xiamen 07:15 10:20 CA1871 ￥880 January 20 Beijing Shenzhen 06:40 10:20 CZ3172 ￥820 009 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 3 (    ) 1. If you take the plane to Sanya，you will arrive there at         . A. 10:20 B. 13:45 C. 15:10 D. 23:35 (    ) 2. Which flight can you take to Taipei? A. HX313. B. CA1803. C. CA189. D. CA1871. (    ) 3. What’s the price for the ticket from Beijing to Shenzhen? A. ¥820. B. ¥880. C. ¥867. D. ¥1,637. C. 难忘生日聚会 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 My name is Anna. I am seventy years old. Today is my birthday. I am very happy today. My family have a big party for me. My son’s family, my daughter’s family and my old friends all come to my birthday. I also get a lot of presents. My son gives me a mobile phone. I like it very much. His wife Lisa makes a big cake for me. I get a red coat from my daughter and a beautiful watch from my husband. My grandson buys a pair of shoes for me. They are very soft and comfortable. My old friends Emma and Cindy bring me a box of cookies and some drinks. They also bring me our old days. We drink together, sing together and talk about our life together. 1. Is Anna happy today?                                                   2. How old is Anna?                                                   3. What does Lisa make for Anna?                                          4. Who are Emma and Cindy?                                                5. What do they do together?                                                  【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. sunny /'sʌni/ adj.  阳光充足的 2. windy /'wɪndi/ adj.  有风的 3. ground /ɡraʊnd/ n.  地面 4. beautiful /'bju:tɪfl/ adj.  美丽的 5. go skiing  去滑雪 6. season /'si:zn/ n.  季节 7. flight /flaɪt/ n.  飞行 8. price /praɪs/ n.  价格 9. birthday /'bɜ:θdeɪ/ n.  生日 10. present /'preznt/ n.  礼物 11. mobile phone  手机 12. soft /sɒft/ adj.  柔软的 13. comfortable /'kʌmftəbl/ adj.  舒适的 14. a box of cookies  一盒饼干 010 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 4 ▲ A. 邮件回复 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear Jean, Thanks for your e-mail. It’s always nice to hear     1    you. Today is     2    last day of my exam. The maths     3    is very difficult, but the other exams are     4    . I’m     5    for the holiday now, and I’m very anxious(渴望 的) to     6    you and to be with you again. I’m going to spend my     7    and New Year holidays in New York     8    my sister. Right now I’m going to town. I’m going to a supermarket to shop for Christmas     9    . I’m     10    about Christmas, and about seeing you again. Yours, Luke (    ) 1. A. about B. at C. from D. to (    ) 2. A. the B. a C. an D. one (    ) 3. A. homework B. exam C. teacher D. class (    ) 4. A. difficult B. good C. interesting D. easy (    ) 5. A. waiting B. looking C. listening D. thinking (    ) 6. A. hear B. listen C. see D. look (    ) 7. A. year B. Christmas C. weekend D. life (    ) 8. A. from B. by C. along D. with (    ) 9. A. gifts B. cards C. bags D. books (    ) 10. A. sorry B. excited C. worried D. interested B. 个人信息交流 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 I’m Ken. My last name is Green. My telephone number is 875-0987. Peter is my cousin. He is 9. Mingming is my good friend. He is in China. 011 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 4 My name is Mary Brown. My phone number is 824-9564. My friend is Alice. She is 8. Her telephone number is 634-0965. I am Zhang Lei. I am in Shanghai. Here is my computer(电脑). My QQ number is 56732456. And my phone number is 837-9837. (    ) 1. What’s Ken’s telephone number? A. 634-0965 B. 637-9837 C. 875-0987 D. 875-0967 (    ) 2. Alice is         years old. A. 9 B. 8 C. 7 D. 6 (    ) 3. Who is Mingming? A. Peter’s friend. B. Alice’s friend. C. Ken’s friend. D. Zhang Lei’s friend. (    ) 4. What’s Zhang Lei’s last name? A. Zhang. B. Lei. C. Brown. D. Ken. (    ) 5. Which of the following is true according to the passage? A. Peter is Mary’s cousin. B. Ken’s phone number is 824-9564. C. Mary’s friend Alice has a computer. D. Zhang Lei’s phone number is 837-9837. C. 珍妮的生日聚会 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 December 17th is Jenny’s fifteenth birthday. It is Sat- urday. Jenny’s mother has a big birthday party for Jenny. Jenny invites a lot of her friends to the party. Each of them brings a birthday present for her and says happily, “Happy Birthday, Jenny!” There are fifteen girls at the party. Jenny’s mother makes a big birthday cake with fifteen candles(蜡烛) on it. She also buys a lot of fruits. There are apples, oranges, pears and a lot of biscuits. The girls are very happy, and they are singing and 012 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 dancing. Jenny is happy, too. She dances and sings many songs in a sweet voice. All of them enjoy themselves very much. (    ) 1. How old is Jenny? A. 14. B. 15. C. 16. D. 17. (    ) 2.         are dancing and singing at the party. A. Only Jenny B. Jenny’s friends C. Jenny and her friends D. Jenny’s mother (    ) 3. From the passage we can guess Jenny is a(n)         girl. A. shy B. outgoing(外向的) C. bad D. lazy (    ) 4. Jenny and her friends are         on that day. A. happy B. unhappy C. crying D. skating (    ) 5. Jenny’s mother gives the girls         to eat. A. only a birthday cake B. a birthday cake and fruits C. only fruits and biscuits D. a birthday cake, fruits and biscuits 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. hear from sb.  收到某人的来信 2. exam /ɪɡ'zæm/ v.  考试 3. anxious /'æŋkʃəs/ adj.  渴望的，急切的 4. right now  此刻，立即 5. supermarket /'su:pəmɑ:kIt/ n.  超市 6. be excited about  因……而激动 7. last name  姓 8. cousin /'kʌzn/ n.  堂兄弟姐妹 9. computer /kəm'pju:tə(r)/ n.  电脑 10. happily /'hæpɪli/ adv.  快乐地，幸福地 11. candle /'kændl/ n.  蜡烛 12. fruit /fru:t/ n.  水果 13. sweet /swi:t/ adj.  甜的 14. enjoy oneself  玩得愉快 013 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 5 ▲ Unit 5 ▲ A. “聪明”的卡尔 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Carl is seven years old now. He has a     1    and her name is Marie. She is five years old.     2    grandma’s birthday today. So their mother     3    Carl and Marie to their grandma’s house. The children play for     4    hour, and then     5    five thirty in the afternoon, their grandma takes Carl into the     6    dining room. She gives him a nice cake and a     7    and says to him, “Like a gentleman, give the     8    piece to the other.” Carl thinks about grandma’s     9    for several minutes. Then Carl says to Marie, “This time, you will     10    this cake, Marie.” (    ) 1. A. brother B. sister C. grandma D. mother (    ) 2. A. It B. That C. It’s D. He’s (    ) 3. A. finds B. sees C. takes D. watches (    ) 4. A. a B. the C. two D. an (    ) 5. A. at B. on C. in D. by (    ) 6. A. dirty B. clean C. ugly D. poor (    ) 7. A. pen B. spoon C. seat D. knife (    ) 8. A. smaller B. bigger C. better D. longer (    ) 9. A. piece B. age C. words D. health (    ) 10. A. cut B. sell C. eat D. have B. 米莉的课程表 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Here’s the schedule of Millie, a student in Class 1, Grade 6. Each class takes 45 minutes. There’s usually a 10-minutes’ break ofter each class. TIME Mon. Tue. Wed. Thu. Fri. 8:00 Maths Chinese Science Maths Chinese 014 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 TIME Mon. Tue. Wed. Thu. Fri. 8:55 Science Maths Chinese English Science Morning exercises 10:00 History English Chinese P.E. Maths 10:55 Art P.E. Music History Computer Lunch time 14:00 English Science Maths Chinese English 14:55 Chinese Biology English Science Maths 15:50 Music Computer History Art Biology 16:45 Class Meeting History Club Gymnastics Gymnastics Gymnastics (    ) 1. Millie’s favorite subjects are Art and Music, so her favorite day is         . A. Monday B. Tuesday C. Friday D. Saturday (    ) 2. The students can have lunch at         . A. eight B. twelve C. two p.m. D. five p.m. (    ) 3. They go to school         days a week. A. four B. six C. five D. seven (    ) 4. They have Computer on         . A. Monday B. Thursday C. Wednesday D. Friday (    ) 5. They do morning exercises for         every week. A. ten minutes B. fifteen minutes C. fifty minutes D. more than two hours hour C. 旅游信息 阅读所给材料，根据材料内容回答问题。 Happy Travel Agent Let us make your trip a happy trip! Qingdao & Dalian 7 days, by air ¥3,888 East China* 6 days, by air ¥2,400 Jinggang Mountains 4 days, by train ¥880 （续表） 015 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 5 Chengdu 3 days, by bus ¥528 *East China = Shanghai, Suzhou, Hangzhou, Wuxi & Nanjing Please remember your ID card(身份证) must be taken if you want to join us! 1. Is Dalian in East China area according to the information table?                                                                           2. When will you leave Chengdu if you arrive at it on January 5th?                                                                           3. How can you go to Jinggang Mountains?                                                                           4. How much will you pay if you want to go to East China with your brother?                                                                           5. What must you take if you want to take a trip in the ad( 广告)?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. dining room  餐厅 2. gentleman /'dVentlmLn/ n.  绅士， 3. several /'sevrəl/ num.  几个 先生 4. clean /kli:n/ adj.  干净的 5. schedule /'ʃedju:l/ n.  计划 6. science /'saɪəns/ n.  科学 7. morning exercises  早操 8. history /'hɪstri/ n.  历史 9. biology /baɪ'ɒlədʒi/ n.  生物 10. class meeting  班会 11. travel agent  旅行社 12. ID card  身份证 016 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 6 ▲ A. 令人自豪的长城 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         is        your      How      shorter      What      answer         wind      our        long      like          the        old The Great Wall is the world’s longest man-made wall. It is     1    a giant dragon(龙) in the north of China.     2    long is it then? It took scientists many years to find out the     3    . People built     4    Great Wall in many different times. The oldest part is over 2,000 years     5    now. Much of today’s wall     6    from Ming Dynasty(1368–1644). All the different parts of the old wall are 21,196,18 kilometers     7    . The Great Wall is becoming     8    and shorter. This is because of rain,     9    and pollution(污染). The Great Wall protected(保护) us in the past. Now it needs     10    protection. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 这样使用新书包 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Hello! I’m Bob. I have a new schoolbag. It’s yellow. I like it very much. I pack(装满) it every day. My mother tells me how to pack it. ● Clean the school bag every week. ● Put books and notebooks in the schoolbag. ● Put the pen, the pencil, the eraser and the ruler in the pencil box, and put the pencil box in the schoolbag. ● Put other things such as clothes and a cup in the schoolbag at last. My cousin is a middle school student. He has a new schoolbag, too. His schoolbag looks cool. Does your schoolbag looks cool? (    ) 1. Who packs Bob’s schoolbag every day? A. Bob. B. Bob’s father. C. Bob’s mother. D. Bob’s cousin. 017 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 6 (    ) 2. There are         steps(步骤) to pack a schoolbag. A. three B. four C. five D. six (    ) 3. Bob puts         in the schoolbag first. A. books and the pencil box B. the pencil, the eraser and the ruler C. clothes and a cup D. books and notebooks (    ) 4. Bob thinks his cousin’s         is cool. A. hat B. schoolbag C. pencil box D. ruler C. 四地少年忙什么 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 It’s 21:00 in Beijing now. Let’s look at what the four students are doing. Name: Li Ming Age: 14 Place: Beijing Time: 21:00 Activity: brush his teeth at home Name: Larry Age: 13 Place: Paris Time: 14:00 Activity: have math at school Name: Nancy Age: 12 Place: New York Time: 8:00 Activity: go to school Name: Steve Age: 15 Place: London Time: 13:00 Activity: have food at KFC (    ) 1. Where is Nancy from? A. China. B. America. C. France. D. England. (    ) 2. Who is having a class at school now? A. Nancy. B. Larry. C. Steve. D. Li Ming. (    ) 3. Which of the following is TRUE? A. Larry and Steve are sleeping now. B. Li Ming is on the way to school. C. Nancy is having dinner at home. D. It is morning in New York now. 018 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. in the north of China  在中国北方 2. scientist /'saɪəntɪst/ n.  科学家 3. become shorter and shorter  变得越来越短 4. pollution /pə'lu:ʃn/ n.  污染 5. protection /prə'tekʃn/ n.  保护 6. notebook /'nLJtbJk/ n.  笔记本 7. at last  最后 8. brush one’s teeth  刷牙 9. at home  在家 10. at school  在学校 019 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 7 ▲ Unit 7 ▲ A. 帮人送信 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Maria meets Mr. Brown at the school gate. “Hello, Maria! How are you? Please give the letter     1    Mr. Lee. He is a young man, and he is     2    . He has short black     3    . His eyes are big,     4    his nose is small. He is     5    a black shirt. If you don’t meet him, you can give     6    to Mrs. Brown. They are in the same office, and they are good     7    . Do you know her?” “Yes. Mrs. Brown is an     8    teacher in my class. She is from the USA. She is a short     9    . She is thirty years old. Her blond hair is long. She has     10    eyes, and she is a nice woman.” (    ) 1. A. to B. at C. in D. for (    ) 2. A. long B. tall C. small D. ugly (    ) 3. A. eyes B. ears C. hair D. hairs (    ) 4. A. so B. for C. or D. but (    ) 5. A. in B. at C. from D. on (    ) 6. A. it B. one C. that D. me (    ) 7. A. sisters B. students C. friends D. brothers (    ) 8. A. English B. Chinese C. math D. history (    ) 9. A. man B. woman C. boy D. girl (    ) 10. A. long B. short C. white D. big B. 贝蒂征友 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Dear Chen Xiaoyu, I’m Betty White. I’m from Boston, America. My parents are teachers at Harvard University. My younger brother Dave and I are students at Green School. I’m in Class One, Grade Six. Dave is in Class One, Grade Five. Dave likes English and I like P.E. very much. After school, I often play basketball with Dave at Harvard University. I know your name on 020 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 the Internet. I want to be your friend. My telephone number is 654098. Would you like to be my friend? I am waiting for your news. Betty (    ) 1. Betty’s parents are teachers         . A. in China B. in England C. at Harvard University D. at Green School (    ) 2. How many people are there in Betty’s family? A. Three. B. Four. C. Five. D. Six. (    ) 3.         likes P.E. A. Dave B. Chen Xiaoyu C. Betty’s brother D. Betty (    ) 4. Dave and Betty         after school. A. play football B. play basketball C. play table tennis D. play computer games (    ) 5. Which of the following statements is TRUE? A. Betty’s family name is White. B. Betty is in Class Five. C. Dave is in Class One, Grade Six. D. Betty’s telephone number is 698054. C. 个人信息匹配 信息匹配：左栏是5 位学生的情况介绍，右栏是7 组个人简明信息资料，请将他们的 信息相匹配。 1. Hi, I’m a middle school student. I’m twelve years old. I’m English. 2. This is my sister. She is sixteen years old. She is in Class 1, Grade 9. She’s Chinese. 3. My good friend is an American girl. She’s 13 years old. Her telephone number is 867-5738. She likes yellow very much. 4. Hi, I’m a Chinese girl. I’m twelve years old. My telephone number is 863-2278. A. Name: Lily King Age:16 Country: China B. Name: Betty Green Age:13 Country: America C. Name: Sally Smith Age:12 Country: China D. Name: Jim Green Age:13 Country: England E. Name: Kate Brown Age:30 Country: America 021 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 7 5. This is my teacher. She is from America. She’s thirty years old. Her telephone number is 867- 3379. F. Name: Lily Brown Age:16 Country: America G. Name: Mike Green Age:12 Country: England 1.           2.           3.           4.           5.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. in a black shirt  穿着一件黑色衬衫 2. blond /blɒnd/ adj.  金色的 3. in the same office  在同一个办公室 4. younger brother  弟弟 5. after school  放学后 6. play basketball  打篮球 7. be from…  来自…… 8. America /ə'merɪkə/ n.  美国 9. country /'kʌntri/ n.  国家 10. England /'ɪŋɡlənd/ n.  英国 022 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 8 ▲ A. 海外来信 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear friend, My name is Candy Green. I am     1    English girl. I’m thirteen. I have two brothers. One is Jack,     2    is Tom. We go     3    school five days a week. We stay at home     4    Saturdays and Sundays. We are     5    in the same school. My father is a doctor. My mother is a nurse. They work in the same hospital. My parents often     6    China is a great county and Chinese food is delicious. And the Chinese are very     7    to foreigners. I like spring. My brothers like     8    , too. We     9    like to be online when we are free. What about you? Let us     10    about you. I hope you will answer me soon. (    ) 1. A. a B. an C. the D. / (    ) 2. A. another B. other C. the other D. the others (    ) 3. A. for B. to C. in D. at (    ) 4. A. in B. on C. at D. by (    ) 5. A. dancing B. working C. singing D. studying (    ) 6. A. say B. tell C. speak D. talk (    ) 7. A. cold B. sorry C. friendly D. open (    ) 8. A. spring B. summer C. autumn D. winter (    ) 9. A. all B. both C. these D. those (    ) 10. A. talk B. write C. read D. know B. 失物招领 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Lost and Found Case Lost My new bike. It is red. My name is Jimmy. Please call me at 678-42190. Found Is this your ring? Please call Betty. Phone Number: 892-02311. 023 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 8 Lost My baseball. My name is Bruce. Please call me at 708-52097. Found Is this your schoolbag? Please call David. Phone Number: 291-20845. (    ) 1. Who lost a bike? A. Betty. B. Jimmy. C. Bruce. D. David. (    ) 2. What color is Jimmy’s new bike? A. Red. B. White. C. Black. D. Green. (    ) 3. Is the ring Betty’s? A. Yes, it is. B. No, it isn’t. C. Yes, this is. D. No, it is David’s. (    ) 4. What is Bruce’s phone number? A. 678-42190. B. 892-02311. C. 708-52097. D. 291-20845. (    ) 5. Who can you call for the schoolbag? A. Betty. B. Jimmy. C. Bruce. D. David. C. 迈克的神秘工作 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Mike works very long hours every day. He usually gets up at 17:00. He has a shower and makes his breakfast. What a funny time to make breakfast! After breakfast he practices his guitar. Then he puts on his jacket and goes to work. To get to work, he takes No.17 Bus to the Star Hotel. The bus usually leaves at 19:15. He works all night. People love to listen to him! He gets home at 7:00, and he watches the early morning news on TV. He goes to bed at 8:30. He is a tired but happy man. Can you guess what his job is? (    ) 1. After getting up at 17:00, he         and makes his breakfast. A. gets up B. takes a shower C. works D. washes his face (    ) 2. What does Mike do after breakfast? A. He goes to work. B. He puts on his clothes. C. He practices his guitar. D. He practices his guitar, and then he puts on his jacket and goes to work. 024 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 3. How does he go to work? A. By car. B. By bike. C. On foot. D. By bus. (    ) 4. How long does Mike work? A. 7 hours. B. 8 hours. C. About 9 hours. D. All night. (    ) 5. Maybe he is         . A. a worker B. a singer C. a writer D. a teacher 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. five days a week  每周五天 2. on Sundays  在星期天 3. hospital /'hɒspɪtl/ n.  医院 4. delicious /dɪ'lɪʃəs/ adj.  美味的，可口的 5. be friendly to sb.  对某人友好 6. foreigner /'fɒrənə(r)/ n.  外国人 7. lost and found  失物招领处 8. call sb. at…  给某人打电话 9. have a shower  洗淋浴 10. practice /'præktɪs/ v.  练习 11. guitar /ɡɪ'tɑ:(r)/ n.  吉他 12. tired /'taɪəd/ adj.  疲惫的 025 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 9 ▲ Unit 9 ▲ A. 熊猫便便可做纸 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         hours      are      make      first      more than      It         easy        eat        in            they      is              hard This box of tissue(纸巾) is different.     1    is made of panda poo(便便). Pandas     2    12 to 15 kilograms of bamboo every day. After four     3    , they go poo. They can make     4    10 kilograms of poo a day. There     5    a lot of bamboo fibers(纤维)     6    their poo. With these bamboo fibers, workers can     7    the tissue paper. To make the paper, workers     8    wash the panda poo. Then,     9    boil it. It takes 60 steps(步骤) to turn the poo into tissue. This is really a     10    job. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 小伙伴房间展示 阅读所给材料，从每题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Hi, I’m Alice. What can you see in my room? My computer is on the desk. Some keys are on the chair. My yellow schoolbag is on the bed. What are those under the bed? Oh, they are two basketballs. They are my friend Anna’s. Where are my books? They are everywhere. Some are on the chair. Some are on the sofa. My name’s Peter. This is my room. On the bed is my white quilt. Look! Some CDs are in the bookcase. I like music very much. My brother’s clock is in the bookcase, too. Where is my black schoolbag? Oh, it is on the desk. I’m Linda. Welcome to my room. My ID card and schoolbag are on the desk. What are those in the bookcase? They are my tapes and keys. On the sofa is my dictionary. It’s useful. With its help, I know some words. 026 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. Where are Alice’s keys? A. On the sofa. B. On the bed. C. On the chair. D. Under the bed. (    ) 2. What color is Peter’s schoolbag? A. Yellow. B. Black. C. Brown. D. Purple. (    ) 3. What’s the Chinese meaning(意思) for the underlined word “words”? A. 月份 B. 戒指 C. 单词 D. 同学 (    ) 4. What is in Linda’s room? A. Two basketballs. B. CDs. C. An ID card. D. A clock. (    ) 5. Whose room is not tidy? A. Alice’s. B. Peter’s. C. Linda’s. D. Anna’s. C. 泰国欢迎你 选句填空：根据短文内容，从下面方框内的七个选项中，选择五个还原到文中，使短 文意思通顺，结构完整。 Hello, I’m David.     1    Thailand is a great place to have a trip. First, the people here are very friendly.     2    Second, the food is nice.     3    In Thailand, you can also see many animals like tigers and elephants.     4    Elephants are very smart and lovely.     5    They can play soccer. Even they can also draw well. Thailand is a wonderful place. Do you like Thailand? Please come here with your family and friends! I’m sure you’ll have a good time. A. David is from Thailand. B. What can they do? C. I’m from Thailand. D. Here you can taste all kinds of food. E. Where are they from? F. When you get lost, you can ask them for help. G. The elephant is one of Thailand’s symbols. 1.           2.           3.           4.           5.           027 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 9 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. tissue /'tɪʃu:/ n.  纸巾 2. be made of  由……制成 3. kilogram /'kɪləɡræm/ n.  千克 4. bamboo /ˌbæm'bu:/ n.  竹子 5. turn…into  把……变成 6. quilt /kwɪlt/ n.  被子 7. bookcase /'bʊkkeIs/ n.  书橱 8. sofa /'səʊfə/ n.  沙发 9. dictionary /'dɪkʃənri/ n.  词典 10. useful /'ju:sfl/ adj.  有用的 11. tiger /'taɪɡə(r)/ n.  老虎 12. elephant /'elɪfənt/ n.  大象 13. get lost  迷路 14. smart /smɑ:t/ adj.  聪明的 028 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 10 ▲ A. 应聘笔友 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear John, I see your name in the newspaper. You ask for a penfriend in China. I would like to be your     1    . I am twelve years old. I live     2    Beijing. I am a     3    at the Haidian Primary School. We     4    Chinese, English, maths, science, art, P.E. and some other     5    . My favourite subjects     6    P.E. and maths. I like playing basket­ ball with my friends     7    school. I like collecting stamps, too. I have a lot of beautiful     8    . I will finish primary school soon and go to middle school. I’d like to know     9    about you. Please     10    to me soon. My e-mail address is lihua@163.com. Best wishes. Li Hua (    ) 1. A. classmate B. penfriend C. brother D. sister (    ) 2. A. about B. on C. from D. in (    ) 3. A. student B. singer C. swimmer D. dancer (    ) 4. A. like B. don’t study C. study D. don’t like (    ) 5. A. subjects B. teachers C. students D. friends (    ) 6. A. is B. are C. be D. will be (    ) 7. A. before B. on C. after D. about (    ) 8. A. books B. gifts C. friends D. stamps (    ) 9. A. more B. little C. few D. many (    ) 10. A. send B. write C. phone D. read B. 学校开放日 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 029 ● 第 一 章 基 础 篇 ●Unit 10 SCHOOL OPEN DAY DATE: Friday, 30 November TIME ACTIVITY PLACE 8 a.m. See around the school and pupils’ art work Art room 9 a.m. Watch the pupils doing morning exercises Playground 9:30 a.m. Have a parents’ meeting School hall 10 a.m. Watch two lessons (English & maths) Classroom building 1 p.m. Attend the music party (about 90 minutes) Music room (    ) 1. The parents do not go to         on the school open day. A. the art room B. the computer room C. the hall D. the playground (    ) 2. What lesson will be open to parents? A. Art lesson. B. Music lesson. C. English lesson. D. P. E. lesson. (    ) 3. How long does the open day last(持续)? A. Over 6 hours. B. About 5 hours. C. More than 7 hours. D. Five hours and a half. C. 手机短信 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Here are some text messages (短信). Gina, Toby’s green pencil box is on the sofa. Please take it to his classroom now. He needs it. Mom Anna, I found your dictionary, but I can’t find your CD player. It’s not on your bed. Tim Dad, can you bring(带来) these things to me? I need my yellow eraser, baseball and blue hat. The eraser and the hat are on my bed. The baseball is under my bed. Thank you. Jerry 030 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Brother, I need my CD player and English dictionary. The CD player is on my bed. The dictionary is in the bookcase. Please take them to the library. Thanks. Anna (    ) 1.         is in the classroom now. A. Toby B. Gina C. Anna D. Tim (    ) 2. Toby needs his         . A. pencil box B. baseball C. CD player D. dictionary (    ) 3. Jerry’s eraser is         . A. green B. yellow C. blue D. black (    ) 4. Anna’s English dictionary is         . A. on the sofa B. on her bed C. under her bed D. in the bookcase (    ) 5. Tim is Anna’s         . A. father B. grandfather C. brother D. son 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. penfriend /'pen9frend/ n.  笔友 2. art room  美术教室 3. subject /'sʌbdʒɪkt/ n.  学科 4. collect stamps  集邮 5. primary school  小学 6. open day  开放日 7. see around the school  参观学校 8. parents’ meeting  家长会 9. school hall  学校礼堂 10. text message  手机短信 11. player /'pleIL/ n.  播放机 12. library /'laɪbrəri/ n.  图书馆 第二章 提高篇 032 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 11 ▲ A. 老师椅子上的墨水 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Tom is seven years old.     1    is a very quick boy. He goes to     2    every day. The school is near his     3    . So he goes there on foot and comes     4    home on time(准时).     5    today he is late. His mother asks him, “    6    are you late today, Tom?” “I was     7    the teacher’s office.” “Why did you go to the teacher’s office?” “Because my teacher asked us a     8    in class, and     9    could answer it but me.” “It’s     10    to answer the teacher’s question.” “But the question is ‘Who put the ink on my chair?’” (    ) 1. A. It B. He C. That D. Him (    ) 2. A. work B. hospital C. school D. sea (    ) 3. A. mother B. bed C. father D. home (    ) 4. A. back B. away C. again D. to (    ) 5. A. And B. But C. Or D. So (    ) 6. A. How B. What C. When D. Why (    ) 7. A. in B. on C. from D. by (    ) 8. A. book B. word C. question D. chair (    ) 9. A. no one B. everyone C. anyone D. someone (    ) 10. A. bad B. good C. wrong D. clever B. 我喜欢的旅行方式 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Many people like to travel by plane, but I don’t like it because an airport is usually far from the city. You have to get there early and wait for hours for the plane to take off and it is often late. You can’t open the window. You can’t choose the food. Planes are fast, but it still takes hours to get out of the airport and into the city. 033 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 11 How do I like to travel? I like traveling by train. The railway stations are usually in cities. When you are late for a train you can catch another one. You can walk around in the train. You can see many interesting things on your way. I know it takes a little more time, but it is safe. I also like cars. You can start your journey when you want to, and you don’t need to get to a railway station or a bus stop. Also you can carry many things with you. But sometimes there are too many cars on the road. (    ) 1. The writer doesn’t like to travel by plane because         . A. the plane is fast B. he can choose the food C. he can open the window D. the airport is far from the city (    ) 2. The writer thinks         are safe. A. bikes B. planes C. cars D. trains (    ) 3. There are         ways of travelling mentioned(提及) in this passage. A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5 (    ) 4. What can you learn from the passage? A. You don’t have to get to the airport early. B. You can open the window in the plane. C. When you are late for a train, you can’t catch another one. D. People can take many things in a car. C. 温馨的蛋糕 选句填空：阅读短文，从下面五个选项中选出能填入文中空缺处的最佳选项，使短文 意思通顺、内容完整。 Rick is a baker(面包师).     1    Every day he makes birthday cakes in a shop. His cakes are big and nice, so many people buy his cakes. He makes friends with his customers (顾客).     2    One evening, it’s time to go home. Rick closes the shop, and he is going home, but many of his old customers come in. Rick says to them, “I am sorry. It is too late today.     3    ” “Oh, Rick! We don’t come here to buy cakes today.” They all smile to Rick. One of them 034 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 takes out a nice cake and says to him, “Happy birthday, Rick!” “You make so many big and nice cakes for us.     4    ” “Yes, today is my birthday!” Rick says.     5    He knows it’s not just a cake. It’s love from his friends. A. He is a kind man. B. This birthday cake is for you, Rick. C. Rick is very happy. D. If you need cakes, please come tomorrow. E. They all like him very much. 1.           2.           3.           4.           5.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. on foot  步行 2. on time  准时 3. in class  在课堂上 4. airport /'eəpɔ:t/ n.  机场 5. be far from…  远离…… 6. take off  （飞机）起飞 7. travel by train  乘火车旅行 8. railway station  火车站 9. be late for…  迟到…… 10. baker /'beɪkə(r)/ n.  面包师 11. customer /'kʌstəmə(r)/ n.  顾客 12. make friends with…  与……交朋友 035 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 12 ▲ Unit 12 ▲ A. 如何听到声音？ 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       parts      how      around        sounds      beautiful      three       hear      goes      important      to            see            why How can we hear? It’s because we have ears, of course. But do you know     1    our ears work? The ear has     2    parts: the outer ear(外耳), the middle ear, and the inner ear(内耳). They all work together to help us     3    . You can     4    the outer ear. It collects(收集) sound     5    you. The sound then     6    down into the middle ear and the inner ear. We cannot see these two     7    . But they are very     8    . There are hairs(绒毛) in the inner ear. The hairs help to send sound     9    your brain. This way, you hear     10    around you. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 失物招领 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Lost: My school ID card The number is 4934679. My name is Lucy Brown. Please call me at 535-6375. Found: A pen Is this your pen? It’s black and white. Call me at 13546789605. Bob Lost: I lost my English dictionary. I must find it. Call me at 634-3369. Thanks. Gina 036 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Susan, Your notebook is in the library. Ask me for it. Eric (    ) 1. Lucy’s school ID card number is         . A. 4934669 B. 4934679 C. 5356375 D. 5356475 (    ) 2. The pen is         . A. red B. black C. white and black D. white and red (    ) 3. If the pen is Jim’s, he can         . A. call Lucy B. call Bob C. call Gina D. call Eric (    ) 4.         is in the library. A. An ID card B. A pencil box C. A notebook D. A dictionary (    ) 5. Which is right? A. Gina lost a dictionary. B. Lucy’s last name is Green. C. Eric lost his notebook. D. Eric’s telephone number is 634-3369. C. 如此减肥？ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Mrs. Brown is very fat. “Don’t eat meat or cakes, they can make you fatter and they are not good for your health,” her doctor says to her. “I’m going to stop her eating them, doctor,” her husband says. The next morning, Mrs. Brown makes a nice cake, and her husband eats half of it. After he goes out, Mrs. Brown cuts a very small piece of the cake and eats it. It is very good. She cuts a bigger piece and eats it. A few minutes later, she finishes the cake. “My husband will be very angry,” she says. “What can I do with it?” Then she has an idea. She makes another cake very quickly, eats half of that, and leaves half on the table. 037 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 12 Her husband comes back then. He sees the half of the cake on the table and he is very happy. (    ) 1. Why can’t Mrs. Brown eat meat or cakes? A. Because Mrs. Brown likes them. B. Because meat and cakes can make her fatter. C. Because Mr. Brown tells the doctor to say so. D. Because meat and cakes are good food. (    ) 2. Who makes a cake the next morning? A. Mrs. Brown. B. Mr. Brown. C. Mrs. Brown’s sister. D. Mrs. Brown’s doctor. (    ) 3. How many cakes does Mr. Brown eat that morning? A. One cake. B. One and a half cakes. C. Half a cake. D. Many cakes. (    ) 4. Why does Mrs. Brown make another cake? A. Because she is good at making cakes. B. Because her husband likes cakes. C. Because she wants to eat more cakes. D. Because she doesn’t want to make her husband angry. (    ) 5. Why is Mr. Brown very happy when he sees the half of the cake on the table? A. Because he is angry. B. Because Mrs. Brown likes cakes very much. C. Because the cake is nice and delicious. D. Because he thinks Mrs. Brown begins to stop eating cakes. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. collect /kə'lekt/ v.  收集 2. sound /saʊnd/ n.  声音 3. black and white  黑白的 4. ask sb. for sth.  向某人索要…… 5. husband /'hʌzbənd/ n.  丈夫 6. a piece of  一块（片）…… 7. angry /'æŋɡri/ adj.  生气的 8. a few minutes later  几分钟之后 038 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 13 ▲ A. “相同”的大衣 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Mr. Black has a nice, blue coat. He likes it     1    , but his wife does not like it, because it is     2    . She often says, “Give it to a     3    man.” But Mr. Black always says, “    4    , I like this coat.” One day, a cigarette(烟) falls on the coat and makes a hole in     5    . Mr. Black takes it to     6    small tailor’s(裁缝店) and     7    to the tailor, “Please make another     8    like this one.” The tailor     9    the coat very carefully. Then he lights(点燃) a cigarette and makes a hole in it in the     10    place. (    ) 1. A. very B. much C. very much D. well (    ) 2. A. old B. new C. red D. blue (    ) 3. A. rich B. poor C. young D. new (    ) 4. A. Yes B. Not C. Little D. No (    ) 5. A. it B. him C. her D. table (    ) 6. A. the B. a C. that D. this (    ) 7. A. cries B. tells C. says D. listens (    ) 8. A. shirt B. hole C. coat D. hat (    ) 9. A. makes B. does C. sells D. likes (    ) 10. A. poor B. new C. different D. same B. 忙碌的周末 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Hello, I’m Mary. I’m going to have a busy weekend. On Saturday morning, I’m going to the Beach Park with my friends. We are going to ride bikes there because we can do some sightseeing on the way. We are going to play on the beach. In the midday, we are going to have a picnic in the park. In the afternoon, we are going to visit our English teacher. She wants us to go to her home and she will help us with our English. In the evening, I’m going to visit my aunt with my mother, because it’s my cousin’s birthday. There is going to be a party in her house. 039 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 13 On Sunday morning, I’m going to the bookstore with my good friends. I’m going to buy some storybooks. After lunch, I’m going to do sports with my brother. In the evening I’m going to watch TV and clean my room. (    ) 1. Mary is going to the Beach Park         . A. with her mother B. by bike C. by bus D. with her teacher (    ) 2. Mary is going to have her lunch         on Saturday. A. in the park B. in her teacher’s house C. in her aunt’s home D. in her home (    ) 3. Why is Mary going to her aunt’s house? A. Because her mother is going there. B. Because it’s her cousin’s birthday. C. Because she wants to have supper there. D. Because she wants to learn English from her cousin. (    ) 4. Mary is going to         on Sunday. A. the bookstore B. her aunt’s home C. the park D. her English teacher’s house (    ) 5. Mary is going to clean her room on         . A. Saturday morning B. Saturday evening C. Sunday morning D. Sunday evening C. 休闲旅游车 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 Americans love to drive on their holidays. Usually, the whole family gets into a car or recreational vehicle(RV, 旅行房车) and drives for a summertime trip across the country. RVs are like houses on wheels(车轮). There are kitchens, bathrooms and bedrooms in RVs. They are bigger than cars, but can be very small when you share a bed with your little brother or try to play a game. But RV travel is a great time with the family. You can see the country in your own “home”. You can spend every night in a different place. And, you don’t have to pay for hotels or restaurants, only gas(汽油). Best of all, you are free to go to any place you like at any time. (    ) 1. Americans enjoying driving on their holidays with the family. (    ) 2. RVs have kitchens, bathrooms and bedrooms. 040 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 3. RVs are bigger than cars, but they can be small if you share with others. (    ) 4. You don’t have to pay for anything if you have an RV. (    ) 5. You are free when you have a RV. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. hole /həʊl/ n.  孔，洞 2. tailor /'teɪlə(r)/ n.  裁缝师 3. carefully /'keəfəlɪ/ adv.  仔细地 4. on Sunday morning  星期天早晨 5. ride a bike  骑自行车 6. do some sightseeing  游览，参观 7. picnic /'pɪknɪk/ n.  野餐 8. across the country  全国各地 9. bookstore /'bʊkstɔ:(r)/ n.  书店 10. bathroom /'bɑ:θru:m/ n.  浴室，卫生间 11. best of all  最好的是 12. hotel /həʊ'tel/ n.  宾馆 041 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 14 ▲ Unit 14 ▲ A. 来自网友的关心 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear Jerry, Thanks for your e-mail. I always have a very happy weekend. Now let me tell you about it. On     1    morning, I get up late. At eleven o’clock, I go shopping in a     2    . Then I go     3    at a new swimming pool. After that, I cook lunch and then     4    the house. In the evening, I go out     5    in a restaurant with my friends. We often     6    a nice dinner and talk a lot. On Sunday morning, I     7    get up late. After breakfast, I go swimming again for     8    exercise. In the afternoon, I     9    my grandparents. In the evening, I have dinner and watch TV. Then I     10    my favorite book in bed. How is your weekend? Please write and tell about it. Yours, Tim (    ) 1. A. Thursday B. Tuesday C. Saturday D. Monday (    ) 2. A. town B. supermarket C. school D. street (    ) 3. A. shopping B. fishing C. dancing D. swimming (    ) 4. A. watch B. clean C. buy D. enjoy (    ) 5. A. to eat B. eat C. for eat D. eats (    ) 6. A. cook B. call C. have D. watch (    ) 7. A. also B. only C. really D. too (    ) 8. A. most B. little C. more D. no (    ) 9. A. want B. visit C. ask D. hope (    ) 10. A. sell B. see C. draw D. read B. 食品店欢迎你 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Good afternoon! Welcome to our food shop. We have many things on sale. Please come 042 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 in and have a look. Please look at our ads(广告). Would you like some of them? Buy them soon. Some food isn’t on the ads, such as chicken and fish. The chicken is ¥20 a kilo and fish is ¥25 a kilo. Fruits Bananas: ¥5 a kilo Apples: ¥4 a kilo Oranges: ¥4.5 a kilo Other foods Eggs: ¥5 a kilo Bread: ¥2 a kilo Milk: ¥3.5 a bottle Rice: ¥30 a bag Orange juice: ¥2.5 a bottle (    ) 1. The ads are for         . A. a toy shop B. a clothes shop C. a food shop D. a bookshop (    ) 2. Mrs. Green can buy three kilos of eggs with         . A. ¥5 B. ¥10 C. ¥12 D. ¥15 (    ) 3. If you have only ¥7, you can buy         . A. two kilos of oranges B. two bottles of milk C. three bottles of orange juice D. four kilos of bread (    ) 4. If you have ¥60 now, you can buy         of apples or         of rice. A. 15 kilos; 2 bags B. 12 kilos; 3 bags C. 15 kilos; 3 bags D. 16 kilos; 2 bags (    ) 5. Which is RIGHT according to(根据) the passage? A. In this shop, you cannot buy food with ¥3. B. This shop doesn’t have fish or chicken. C. You cannot buy any drinks in this shop. D. Fish isn’t on the ads, but we can buy it in the shop. C. 美国的校园生活 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 In junior high school in America, kids study English, writing, maths, science, biology, music and art. At 12 o’clock, the students eat lunch at school. They have meat, vegetables, fruit, bread and a drink, but they like hot dogs and hamburgers best. American kids like sugar(糖), and after the meal they can have a small piece of cake. 043 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 14 Students sleep for a short time after lunch. They begin classes at 1:30 in the afternoon. They go to school on weekdays and have classes for six hours every day and then return home. Parents let their kids play or watch TV until dinner at 6:00 p. m. After dinner, they do their homework. Sometimes kids and their parents have a family activity after dinner. (    ) 1. What do the students like best for lunch at school? A. Meat and fruit. B. Hot dogs and hamburgers. C. Hot dogs and sugar. D. Bread and hamburgers. (    ) 2. In America, students go to school         days a week. A. 4 B. 5 C. 6 D. 7 (    ) 3. The American kids usually have dinner         in the evening. A. at five o’clock B. at six thirty C. at six o’clock D. at five thirty (    ) 4. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. American students like hot dogs and hamburgers best. B. After lunch, students sleep for a short time. C. The classes begin at 2:00 p.m. D. Sometimes students have a family activity with their parents. (    ) 5. What is the best title for the passage? A. Favorite Food B. Junior High School C. Outdoor Activities D. School Life in America 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. go shopping  去购物 2. go swimming  去游泳 3. favorite /'feɪvərɪt/ adj.  最喜爱的 4. welcome to…  欢迎来…… 5. food shop  食品店 6. on sale  在销售 7. junior /'dʒu:niə(r)/ adj.  初级的 8. biology /baɪ'ɒlədʒi/ n.  生物（学） 9. hamburger /'hæmbɜ:ɡə(r)/ n.  汉堡 10. sugar /'ʃʊɡə(r)/ n.  糖 11. on weekdays  在工作日 12. activity /æk'tɪvəti/ n.  活动 044 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 15 ▲ A. 对塑料吸管说不 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       after      better      problem      animals      drink      go       fly        die        bad          the          dogs      Americans Do you often use plastic straws(塑料吸管)? You may use them to     1    a lot of things, such as cola, soybean milk or milk tea. Most people throw their straws away     2    using them.     3    throw away 500 plastic straws every day. That is enough straws to go around     4    earth twice. What about in China? Things are not     5    . A lot of these straws     6    into the ocean. This is very     7    for the ocean. Some     8    eat them. They get hurt. They can even     9    from this. Some countries are trying to deal with this     10    . The United States and the UK both plan not to let people use plastic straws. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 难忘美国之行 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Hello, everyone! I am Zhao Hua. Do you know what I see in America? Well, it is really an interesting trip. Now, let me tell you what I find in this trip. In China, I have five English classes every week. When I study English, my teacher teaches me to say “I am fine” when people ask me “How are you?”. But in the US, I find people say “I am good” or “I’ m not so good”. One day, someone says to me with “What’s up?” but I don’t know what to say. All the girls want to be nice. US girls like to get a tan in the sun. But in China, girls only want to get white. In China, study comes first, so we study hard and that’s it. But in the US, a “good” student also does much for others(别人), and they play sports or music after school. After I come back from the US, I think for a long time. I can’t forget(忘记) this trip! 045 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 15 (    ) 1. Zhao Hua has five         every week. A. Chinese classes B. P. E. classes C. English classes D. music classes (    ) 2. What does the underlined word “tan” mean in Chinese? A. 晒黑 B. 美白 C. 苗条 D. 健康 (    ) 3. A good American student         . A. only does homework B. only plays sports or music C. only studies D. also helps others, play sports and music (    ) 4. Which of the following is NOT true? A. Zhao Hua is now in China. B. American girls love to be white. C. US students are helpful and have many hobbies. D. Chinese students have to do homework. (    ) 5. Which is the best title? A. My Trip to the US B. My Study in the US C. My American Friends D. My Question about English C. 你喜欢馄饨吗？ 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 Do you like eating wontons(馄饨)? The food is not only popular in China, but also around the world. You can find it in North America, Southeast Asia and Australia. Wontons are like dumplings, only smaller. They are a traditional food from the north of China. In different parts of China, wontons have different names. In the north, a wonton is called huntun. But in Guangdong, it is called yuntun. People in Sichuan call it chaoshou. But in the southeast of Fujian, it is called bianshi. People usually eat wontons with soup. Sometimes they also deep-fry(油炸) them. You make a wonton with a square wrapper(面皮). You put some filling in the wrapper, and push the outside of the wrapper together with your fingers. The most popular filling is pork and shrimp(虾). 046 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. People like eating the Chinese food wonton not only in China, but also around the world. (    ) 2. Wontons are a traditional food from the south of China. (    ) 3. In fact, wontons have different names in different parts of China. (    ) 4. Usually people don’t like wontons with soup. (    ) 5. When people eat wontons, they like the filling of pork and shrimp best. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. plastic /'plæstɪk/ adj.  塑料的 2. milk tea  奶茶 3. throw away  扔掉 4. ocean /'əʊʃn/ n.  海洋 5. get hurt  受伤 6. be bad for…  对……有害 7. come first  首当其冲，占据头等位置 8. forget /fə'ɡet/ v.  忘记 9. traditional /trə'dɪʃənl/ adj.  传统的 10. filling/'fɪlɪŋ/ n.  馅子 11. finger /'fɪŋɡə(r)/ n.  手指 12. shrimp /ʃrɪmp/ n.  虾 047 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 16 ▲ Unit 16 ▲ A. 我的好朋友 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Dear Maria, How are you? In this letter, I’d like to tell you     1    about my best friend Li Fei. We are in     2    same class. She is 12 years old, and she is     3    than I am. Li Fei is clever and friendly.     4    class, she listens to the teachers     5    . She does well in all her lessons. And she is always ready to help     6    . So, everyone in our class likes her. Li Fei seems to have a big interest in     7    . She wants to be a writer in the future. Both of us like     8    basketball. We often play it after class. We feel     9    when we are playing together. I think we will be good friends forever. What about you? Could you please tell me about your best     10    to me? Hope to hear from you soon. Yours, Wang Lin (    ) 1. A. everything B. nothing C. something D. anything (    ) 2. A. the B. a C. an D. / (    ) 3. A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the taller (    ) 4. A. After B. At C. on D. In (    ) 5. A. carefully B. careful C. quietly D. quickly (    ) 6. A. other B. another C. others D. one (    ) 7. A. swimming B. singing C. dancing D. writing (    ) 8. A. working B. playing C. buying D. watching (    ) 9. A. happy B. sad C. sorry D. exciting (    ) 10. A. teacher B. classmate C. friend D. writer 048 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 失物招领 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Lost I lost my key. It’s yellow. I lost it in the school library. I really want to find it. Please help me. My phone number is 403-6623. Jane Black Dog Lost Please call me at 903-4765 if you find Nick, or(或者) e-mail me at eric345@yahoo. com/eric123@google.com. Eric Lost Name: Nana Color: White Reward(悬赏金): ￥1,000 Please call me and my friend if you see my dog, Nana. Peter: 983-0130    Fiona: 904-7725 (    ) 1. Who lost a key？ A. Eric. B. Jane. C. Peter. D. Fiona. (    ) 2. What is the black dog’s name? A. Nana. B. Nick. C. Peter. D. Eric. (    ) 3. What is Fiona’s telephone number? A. 403-6623. B. 903-4765. C. 904-7725. D. 983-0130. (    ) 4. If you find Nana for Peter and Fiona, you can get         . A. a nice dog B. 1,000 yuan C. photos of Nana D. a book about dogs C. 多变三月天 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 A Chinese saying(谚语) says, “The weather in June is like a baby’s face.” It means the weather always changes suddenly. In English, there is also a saying, “March comes in like a 049 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 16 lion and goes out like a lamb(羊羔).” What does it mean? March is a month between winter and spring. It “comes in like a lion”. Why? Because the month begins with winter weather like wind and cold days. At the end of March, spring is on the way. The weather gets warm. So we say it “goes out like a lamb”. If March begins with warm weather and clear days, people should be careful of bad weather at the end of the month. Are the sayings interesting and useful? Can you give us more? (    ) 1. In the Chinese saying in the passage, what is the weather in June like? A. A lamb. B. A baby’s face. C. A lion. D. An animal. (    ) 2. Why does March “go out like a lamb”? A. Because the weather gets warm at the beginning of March. B. Because the weather gets windy and cold at the beginning of March. C. Because the weather gets warm at the end of March. D. Because the weather gets cold at the end of March. (    ) 3. If March begins with warm weather and clear days,         . A. the weather will be nice and clear in the whole month B. people should be careful of hot days at the end of the month C. people should be careful of bad weather at the end of the month D. people can enjoy the warm weather all the year round (    ) 4. Which is the best title of the passage? A. Two Sayings About the Weather B. June Is People’s Favorite Month C. The Weather in June Is Like a Baby’s Face D. March Comes in Like a Lion 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. do well in  在……做得好 2. be ready to do sth.  乐意做某事 3. have a big interest in  对……很感兴趣 4. in the future  在将来 5. e-mail sb.  给某人发邮件 6. reward /rɪ'wɔ:d/ n.  悬赏金，报酬 7. saying /'seɪɪŋ/ n.  谚语 8. suddenly /'sʌdənli/ adv.  突然 9. lion /'laɪən/ n.  狮子 10. at the end of…  在……末端（尽头） 11. on the way  在途中，接近 12. be careful of…  当心…… 050 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 17 ▲ A. 酷爱宠物的安迪 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Andy likes animals. He often watches animal programs     1    TV. His favorite books are about animals. He also writes down something about     2    . He     3    pets too. His first animal friend is a pig. And then he tries to persuade(说 服) his     4    to get a dog. But they don’t     5    Andy will walk the dog three times     6    day, no matter how Andy promises he will do it. He tries     7    best to persuade them: he is good at drawing and puts paintings of     8    all over the place. He goes to the     9    , borrows all the dog books there, and reads them at home. Then Andy’s mother gets a cat from her friend. At first Andy is a little unhappy.     10    as time goes by, he loves it so much. (    ) 1. A. in B. on C. at D. for (    ) 2. A. dogs B. sheep C. animals D. books (    ) 3. A. keeps B. gets C. catches D. takes (    ) 4. A. teachers B. uncles C. aunts D. parents (    ) 5. A. believe B. want C. like D. hope (    ) 6. A. every B. a C. one D. the (    ) 7. A. one’s B. the C. his D. a (    ) 8. A. pigs B. animals D. pets D. dogs (    ) 9. A. museum B. park C. garden D. library (    ) 10. A. But B. So C. And D. Or B. 坚果找到了 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Miss Bonnie and Mr. Chester are two squirrels(松鼠). They are good friends. One day Bonnie comes to her friend’s home. She sees Chester is not very happy. “I can’t find my nuts(坚果),” says Chester. “They are not under my bed or in my desk. They are for my family. I must find them.” 051 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 17 “I can help you,” says Bonnie. Bonnie sees a white bag under the chair. But the nuts aren’t in it. Then she sees a photo on Chester’s desk. In the photo, Chester has a big brown box. Some nuts are in the box. “Box? Where is it?” Bonnie thinks. She looks here and there. “Look, Chester!” says Bonnie. “What’s in the box?” “Oh, nuts!” Chester answers. “You’re great!” Then he goes up to the top(顶部) of the bookcase… Chester is happy now. (    ) 1. Bonnie and Chester are         . A. cousins B. friends C. teacher and student D. sister and brother (    ) 2. Chester isn’t happy because         . A. he can’t find his nuts B. his friend lost his nuts C. he can’t go into his room D. he lost his photo (    ) 3. What color is the bag under the chair? A. Brown. B. White. C. Green. D. Yellow. (    ) 4. What helps Bonnie get a clue(线索)? A. The chair. B. The bag. C. The photo. D. The desk. C. 健身好处多 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 Everyone knows that exercise is important. We all need to exercise. Doctors say it is good for us. It makes your heart and body strong. In the morning, we must get up early. This is the best time for exercise. Exercise means doing things with the body. Children who often exercise are more quick. This means they do better in tests and schoolwork than those who don’t exercise. There are many ways to exercise. You can walk, run, swim, skate, or play ball games. Make sure you exercise in the following ways. You have to like what you’re doing. Exercise enough but not too much. It’s best to exercise twice a week. Thirty minutes each time is enough. You can exercise at fitness centers(健身中心). They have a lot of equipment(器材) there. The equipment will help exercise your arms, legs and other parts of body to make you fit. Some people buy equipment for their homes. But it is very expensive. 052 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Exercising can be fun too. You have friends to play sports together at a fitness center. How about you? 1. What is the best time for exercise?                                                                           2. What does “exercise” means?                                                                           3. How often and how long should we exercise according to the passage?                                                                           4. Does a fitness center have a lot of equipment?                                                                           5. Why can exercising at a fitness center be fun too?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. animal /'ænɪml/ n.  动物 2. walk the dog  遛狗 3. promise /'prɒmɪs/ v.  许诺，答应 4. try one’s best  尽力 5. nut /nʌt/ n.  坚果 6. squirrel /'skwɪrəl/ n.  松鼠 7. exercise /'eksəsaɪz/ v.  锻炼 8. important /ɪm'pɔ:tnt/ adj.  重要的 9. fitness center  健身中心 10. equipment /ɪ'kwɪpmənt/ n.  器材 11. be good for…  对……有好处 12. expensive /ɪk'spensɪv/ adj.  昂贵的 053 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 18 ▲ Unit 18 ▲ A. 机器人老师 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       teachers      exciting      students      say      are        is       them        man          speak        a        name      likes This is the Tammela school, a small school in Finland. The     1    at this school are having a math class. But their teacher is not a     2    or a woman. It’s a robot(机器人)! The “teacher” is     3    small blue robot. The robot is patient(耐心的). It can     4    things again and again. There     5    four robot teachers at the school. One of     6    is a language teacher. Its     7    is Elias. It can     8    twenty-three languages and dance along to(随着) music. The kids like their new teachers. “Well, it is fun, interesting and     9    and I’m a little surprised,” student Abisha said. She     10    Elias, the language-teaching robot. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 博物馆参观信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Welcome to the Museum Opening time: Price: From Monday to Friday Adults: ¥20 8:30 a.m. — 5:30 p.m. Children: ¥10 On Saturday & Sunday 8:30 a.m. — 6:00 p.m. Location: No. 118, Shanghai Road, Yunlong District(区), Xuzhou (    ) 1. The museum opens         a week. A. two days B. five days C. six days D. seven days 054 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 2. On Wednesday, the museum is open for         . A. 8 hours B. 8.5 hours C. 9 hours D. 9.5 hours (    ) 3. Meimei is 11 years old, and this Sunday she wants to visit the museum with her parents. How much should they pay for the tickets? A. ¥20 B. ¥30 C. ¥40 D. ¥50 C. 快乐伦敦游 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Welcome to London and welcome to the Great London Tours. Great London Tours are the best in London. Our tours take you to all the places you want to see. We invite you to see all the amazing sights of London on an open top bus. Why are we the best? ★ Our friendly guides know everything about London. They are happy to answer all your questions. ★ We have information in many different languages. ★ Our buses stop at all the popular tourist attractions. Get on and off our bus where you want! ★ Your ticket is good value(物有所值). ★ Our buses run 7 days a week from 6 o’clock in the morning until midnight. ★ Our buses leave every 15 minutes. ★ We offer a FREE trip on the River Thames(泰晤士河). (    ) 1. According to the passage, Great London Tours may be         . A. a school B. a library C. a park D. a company (    ) 2. How many hours do their buses work a day? A. 24 hours. B. 18 hours. C. 12 hours. D. A day and a half. (    ) 3. What can’t Great London Tours do? A. Take you to all the sights of London. B. Answer all your questions. 055 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 18 C. Take you to visit outside London. D. Invite you to take an open top bus. (    ) 4. People can         to see the sights of London. A. take a bus tour B. go to the top of Big Ben C. walk around D. go to the top of London Eye (    ) 5. People can get information         . A. only in English B. in English and French C. only in Chinese D. in many different languages 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. robot /'rəʊbɒt/ n.  机器人 2. patient /'peɪʃnt/ adj.  有耐心的 3. again and again  反复 4. language /'læŋɡwɪdʒ/ n.  语言 5. surprised /sə'praɪzd/ adj.  吃惊的 6. museum /mju'zi:əm/ n.  博物馆 7. opening time  开门时间 8. adult /'ædʌlt/ n.  成年人 9. tour /tʊə(r)/ n.  旅行 10. amazing /ə'meɪzɪŋ/ adj.  令人惊讶的 11. sight /saɪt/ n.  景观 12. attraction /ə'trækʃn/ n.  引人注意的人（物） 13. get on/off a bus  上（下）车 14. value /'vælju:/ n.  价值 15. Your ticket is good value.  票价物有所值。 056 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 19 ▲ A. 商品大减价 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Now I’m in Australia. Here is a     1    sale on Orchard Road(路) of my city. There are     2    big or small stores here. You can see big “    3    ” in front of the     4    stores. You can see T-shirts in red, yellow, blue and green. They are cheap and they are for     5    5 to 10 dollars. The pants are     6    sale for 8 dollars. And the hats are at a very low     7    . They are 1 dollar     8    . The stores have nice shirts, bags, shoes and many other     9    . If you have a chance(机会), come to the clothes store. I am sure you will be     10    ! (    ) 1. A. long B. short C. big D. small (    ) 2. A. many B. much C. lot of D. few (    ) 3. A. BUY B. SELL C. SALES D. SELLS (    ) 4. A. vegetable B. fruit C. food D. clothes (    ) 5. A. very B. only C. also D. at (    ) 6. A. on B. in C. of D. for (    ) 7. A. dollar B. colour C. price D. age (    ) 8. A. every B. each C. some D. one (    ) 9. A. T-shirts B. things C. pants D. fruit (    ) 10. A. sad B. sorry C. worried D. happy B. 游泳池开业了 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 The school swimming pool opened last weekend. You needn’t pay for the first ten days. Here are some rules for the swimming pool. *The swimming pool opening time: 8:00 a.m. —11:30 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.—8:00 p.m. *Wear a swimming suit. *Take a shower before entering the pool. *Don’t dive(跳水) into the pool. 057 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 19 *Don’t smoke in the whole area. *Don’t move the sun chairs or umbrellas. *Stay away from the deep place if you are not so good at swimming. … (    ) 1. We can go swimming in the school swimming pool at         . A. 7:30 a.m. B. 11:45 a.m. C. 6:30 p.m. D. 9:00 p.m. (    ) 2. According to the rules, we should         before entering the pool. A. take a shower B. move the sun chairs C. have a meal D. wash a swimming suit (    ) 3. The rules tell us NOT to         . A. wear a swimming suit B. pay for the swimming ticket C. stay away if we can’t swim D. dive into the swimming pool C. 英国的一日四餐 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 English breakfast is a very big meal—eggs, tomatoes, tea, coffee... For many people lunch is a quick meal. In cities there are lots of sandwich shops. Those office workers can buy the kind of white bread and all kinds of salad and meat or fish for lunch there. School children can have a hot meal at school, but many just take a sandwich, a drink and some fruit from home. “Tea” means two things. It is a drink and a meal! Some people have afternoon tea with sandwiches, cakes and a cup of tea. They usually have the evening meal quite early, between 6:00 and 8:00 p.m., and often, all the family eat together. On Sundays many families have a traditional(传统的) lunch. They have chicken, pork, potatoes, vegetables… The Englishmen like food from other countries, too. Chinese food is popular with the young people. People often get take-away meals—they buy the food outside and then bring it home to eat. 1. What people may have for an English breakfast?                                                                           058 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 2. How do school children have their lunch?                                                                           3. What are the two things for “tea”?                                                                           4. When do the people usually have the evening meal?                                                                           5. What do many families have on Sundays?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. a big sale  大减价（活动） 2. clothes store  服装店 3. on sale  出售；减价销售 4. chance /tʃɑ:ns/ n.  机会 5. swimming pool  游泳池 6. swimming suit  游泳衣 7. take a shower  洗淋浴 8. dive /daɪv/ v.  跳水 9. sun chair  沙滩椅 10. umbrella /ʌm'brelə/ n.  伞 11. stay away from  远离…… 12. sandwich /'sænwɪtʃ/ n.  三明治 13. afternoon tea  下午茶 14. at a low price  以低价 059 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 20 ▲ Unit 20 ▲ A. 春节习俗 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Many Chinese people have a good time during the Chinese New Year. It has     1    name of the Spring Festival(春节). It usually comes     2    February. Each year gets a different     3    . It may be the Year of the Dog or     4    Year of the Pig instead of 2018 and 2019. Usually     5    is dragon(龙) dance in the street. The dragon is a big     6    almost 20 feet(英尺) long.     7    is often made of paper and cloth. Men hide under the dragon, and make a lot of     8    by shouting and laughing. After the dragon     9    , people sing and dance in the street. In the evening, there are always a lot of fireworks. It looks very     10    . (    ) 1. A. one B. another C. other D. same (    ) 2. A. in B. on C. at D. about (    ) 3. A. number B. sound C. name D. time (    ) 4. A. a B. an C. long D. the (    ) 5. A. there B. it C. here D. all (    ) 6. A. dog B. sheep C. animal D. pig (    ) 7. A. She B. It C. He D. One (    ) 8. A. money B. faces C. music D. noise (    ) 9. A. dance B. singing C. crying D. shouting (    ) 10. A. warm B. beautiful C. ugly D. excited B. 车票降价了 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Mr. Smith works in an office and he usually gets up at six thirty in the morning. After he has breakfast, he goes to work at seven o’clock. He comes back home at a quarter to six in the afternoon. Today is Friday. It is six twenty and Mr. Smith is home. Mr. Smith doesn’t look happy. His wife, Mrs. Smith looks at Mr. Smith and asks him, “Why do you look unhappy today, 060 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 dear?” “The bus ticket(票) is usually four yuan, but it will be three yuan next week.” Mr. Smith says. “That’s good.” Mrs. Smith answers. “But it is not good for me.” Mr. Smith says, “You know, I usually go to work and come back home on foot. I don’t take a bus. I can save eight yuan every day now, but I can just save only six yuan every day from next week.” (    ) 1. What does Mr. Smith do? He is         . A. a teacher B. a bus driver C. an office worker D. a shop keeper (    ) 2. When does Mr. Smith go to work in the morning? A. At 5:45. B. At 6:00. C. At 6:30. D. At 7:00. (    ) 3. How does Mr. Smith go to work every day? A. By bus. B. On foot. C. By bike. D. By car. (    ) 4. What can we learn from this story? A. Mr. Smith gets up at 6:20 a.m. B. Mr. Smith comes back home at 5:00 p.m. C. The bus ticket will be cheaper(更便宜的) next week. D. Mr. Smith pays 8 yuan for the bus tickets every day this week. C. 你丢东西了吗？ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Welcome to the Town Park Lost and Found Office. Every weekend, many parents and children come to our park and play here. Some of them are not careful with their things. They often leave their things in the park, for example, their bikes, their keys and their mobile phones. So we have the lost and found office for them. Do you often come to our park? Are you looking for your lost things? Come to our office and have a look at the things. Today we have some things in the box for you. They are waiting for you at the Town Park Lost and Found Office. You can also call us at 422-3006. (    ) 1. Where is the Town Park Lost and Found Office? A. In a school. B. In a park. C. In a zoo. D. In a museum. 061 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 20 (    ) 2. What do people often leave in the park? A. Mobile phones. B. Money. C. Children. D. Cars. (    ) 3. Why do they have the office? A. Because too many people visit the park. B. Because they want to help old people. C. Because they want to find lost things for people. D. Because there are too many people in the town. (    ) 4. We can know from the passage that there aren’t         in this lost and found office. A. computers B. keys C. bikes D. mobile phones (    ) 5. When can you call 422-3006? A. When you can’t find the way home. B. When you want to take a taxi. C. When you want to watch a movie. D. When you can’t find your things in the Town Park. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. Spring Festival  春节 2. dragon /'dræɡən/ dance  舞龙 3. firework /'faɪəwɜ:k/ n.  烟火，烟花 4. the Year of the Dog  狗年 5. a quareter to six  六点差一刻/五点四十五分 6. ticket /'tɪkɪt/ n.  票 7. on foot  步行 8. be careful with…  对……很细心 9. cheap /tʃi:p/ adj.  便宜的 10. mobile phone  手机 11. for example  例如 12. lost things  丢失的东西 13. can’t find the way home 找不到回家的路 062 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 21 ▲ A. 丑陋的食物要扔掉吗？ 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         flowers      many      much        news      has        ugly         if          good      beautiful      like        food      why Everyone likes nice and beautiful food. But do you throw food away     1    it is ugly? Some people may do so. Good     2    is that ugly food is still good for us. It still     3    the same nutrients(营养成分) as other food. Sara Philips is a     4    expert(专家) from the US. She wants to save     5    food. She takes     6    pictures of different ugly food. In her photos, the ugly food is always next to some     7    . They look very     8    together. Sara hopes more and more people will     9    ugly food and try to put them on their table. It is     10    to their health. Also, it can help to stop food waste(浪费). 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 这里的牛肉最棒 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 BEST BEEF IN ZHAOQING! Lunch Hours Mon.—Fri. 11:00 a.m.—2:30 p.m. Sat.&Sun. 11:30 a.m.—3:00 p.m. Dinner Hours Sun.—Thurs. 5:30 p.m.— 9:30 p.m. Fri.&Sat. 5:00 p.m.—10:00 p.m. http:// www. Beef-one. com.　WeChat No.: beef-one  Address(地址): 68 Tianning Road.  223-8888  Addition location(分店)　Address: 88 Songcheng Road.　282-8899 Welcome to Beef One 063 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 21 (    ) 1. Beef One is the name of a         . A. bookstore B. restaurant C. middle school D. park (    ) 2. Beef One is in         . A. Shenzhen B. Guangzhou C. Zhongshan D. Zhaoqing (    ) 3. We can go to Beef One for lunch at         . A. 1:30 p.m. on Sunday B. 10:30 a.m. on Monday C. 3:00 p.m. on Friday D. 11:00 a.m. on Saturday (    ) 4. Lucy lives in Songcheng Road, and she wants to go to Beef One. She should call         . A. 223-8888 B. 283-3388 C. 222-8899 D. 282-8899 (    ) 5. We can’t get the information(信息) about Beef One         . A. on telephone B. on WeChat C. on TV D. on the Internet C. 不同国家送礼习俗不同 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 Different countries have different ways of giving presents. In China you must never give a clock to a Chinese person, because the sound of the word “clock” is like the sound of “death”. Also, don’t put a present in white, black or blue paper, because they are the colours for funerals(葬礼). Don’t give a knife, because something sharp can cut a friendship. In Russia if you give flowers as presents, you have to give an odd number of them(one, three, five, etc.) because even numbers(偶数) of flowers are for funerals. In Germany if you are asked to dinner, a bunch of flowers is a good present to take to your dinner hostess(女主人), but don’t take her red roses because it means you are in love with her. Don’t take thirteen of anything because it’s an unlucky number. Don’t take an even number of anything, either. Don’t put your presents in white, brown or black paper. (    ) 1. According to the passage, clocks can be given to Chinese people as presents. (    ) 2. People usually don’t wrap(包, 裹) presents in black or white paper in China. (    ) 3. In Russia, you can give an odd number of flowers as presents. 064 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 4. You can take thirteen of something to your dinner hostess in Germany. (    ) 5.You can wrap your presents in brown in Germany. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. ugly /'ʌɡli/ adj.  丑陋的 2. nutrient /'nju:triənt/ n.  营养物， 3. expert /'ekspɜ:t/ n.  专家 营养成分 4. next to  紧靠着 5. food waste  食物浪费 6. beef /bi:f/ n.  牛肉 7. lunch hour  午餐时间 8. addition location  分店 9. address /ə'dres/ n.  地址 10. friendship /'frendʃɪp/ n.  友谊 11. a bunch of flowers  一束花 12. hostess /'həʊstəs/ n.  女主人 13. be in love with sb.  与某人相爱 14. WeChat  微信 15. wrap /rAp/ v.  包，裹（礼物等） 065 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 22 ▲ Unit 22 ▲ A. 爱车的美国年轻人 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Americans love cars very much. When     1    people are eighteen years old, they want to have a     2    . They don’t ask for a car from their     3    . So many of them work in their     4    time during their last year of high school to     5    a car. Learning to drive and getting a driver’s license(驾驶证) is one of the most     6    things in a young person’s life. Some people     7    go to a doctor when they are ill. But they will     8    their cars to a garage(修理厂) as soon as they find there is something     9    . On Saturdays or Sundays some people may spend most of their time     10    and repairing(修理) their cars. (    ) 1. A. little B. big C. strong D. young (    ) 2. A. bike B. car C. toy D. book (    ) 3. A. friends B. teachers C. parents D. brothers (    ) 4. A. free B. busy C. study D. good (    ) 5. A. buy B. wash C. drive D. repair (    ) 6. A. funny B. sad C. tiring D. exciting (    ) 7. A. always B. never C. often D. usually (    ) 8. A. sell B. give C. buy D. send (    ) 9. A. wrong B. right C. ill D. good (    ) 10. A. learning B. getting C. washing D. buying B. 一所国际学校的校规 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 The No. 1 International School You must You can’t Arrive at school by half past seven every morning. Wear jeans. Hand in your homework by eight. Eat or drink in the classroom. 066 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 You must You can’t Look clean and tidy. Bring MP3 to school. Be quiet in the library. Run or shout in the school buildings. Stay on the playground at break time. Talk loudly in the hallways. Stand up when a teacher comes into the classroom. Fight. (    ) 1. What can’t you do when you are in the school buildings? A. Eat or drink. B. Run or shout. C. Talk loudly. D. Listen to music. (    ) 2. What do you have to do when your teacher comes into the classroom? A. Hand in your homework. B. Be quiet. C. Stand up. D. Clean the classroom. (    ) 3. When do you have to get to school every morning? A. By half past seven. B. By eight. C. By half past eight. D. By seven. C. 美国的学制 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 American schools begin in September after a long summer holiday. There are two terms in a school year: the first term is from September to January, and the second is from February to June. Most American children begin to go to school when they are six years old. Most children are seventeen or eighteen years old when they finish high school. High school students take only five or six subjects each term. They usually go to the same classes every day, and they have homework for every class. After class, they do a lot of interesting things. After high school, many students go to colleges. They usually have to pay a lot of money. So many college students work after class to get money for their studies. (    ) 1. When does summer holidays finish in America? A. September. B. August. C. May. D. February. (    ) 2. What does a boy do when he is six years old? A. He has to stay at home. B. He can go to high school. C. He has to go to school. D. He always plays at his home. （续表） 067 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 22 (    ) 3. What do high school students in American do after class? A. They do the homework. B. They go to work. C. They play basketball. D. They do many interesting things. (    ) 4. Why do so many American college students work after class? A. In this way, they can get money for their studies. B. In this way, they can help their parents. C. In this way, they can learn some useful thing. D. In this way, they can help others. (    ) 5. Which of the following is TRUE? A. American students have a two-month summer holiday every year. B. American students have three terms in a year. C. A five-year-old child usually has six subjects at school. D. American students don’t like to go to colleges. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. in one’s free time  在空闲时 2. driver’s license  驾驶证 3. repair /rɪ'peə(r)/ v.  修理 4. international /ˌɪntə'næʃnəl/ adj.  国际的 5. hand in one’s homework  上交作业 6. at break time  在休息时间 7. term /tɜ:m/ n.  学期 8. finish high school  中学毕业 9. subject /'sʌbdʒɪkt/ n.  学科 10. college /'kɒlɪdʒ/ n.  大学 11. pay /peI/ v.  支付 12. in this way  这样，以这种方式 068 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 23 ▲ A. 我要下车 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 There are many people in a bus. Some have     1    , but some have to stand. At a bus stop, an old woman     2    on the bus. A young man near the door tries to stand     3    . “Oh,     4    , thank you,” the     5    lets him sit back to the seat. “Please don’t do that. I can     6    .” “But, madam, let me…”     7    the man. “I ask you to keep your seat,” the woman says. She puts her     8    on the man’s shoulder(肩膀). But the man still tries to stand up, “Madam,     9    you let me…?” “Oh, no,” says the woman. She lets the man sit back again. Now, the young man shouts, “I want to get     10    the bus!” (    ) 1. A. seats B. tickets C. money D. time (    ) 2. A. goes B. gets C. comes D. jumps (    ) 3. A. down B. off C. in D. up (    ) 4. A. yes B. not C. no D. right (    ) 5. A. driver B. woman C. man D. girl (    ) 6. A. stand B. sit C. go D. lie (    ) 7. A. talks B. tells C. says D. sings (    ) 8. A. hands B. legs C. head D. foot (    ) 9. A. are B. will C. does D. do (    ) 10. A. up B. to C. in D. off B. 爱读书的德国人 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 In Germany(德国), about 70% people like reading. They often read. They read in their homes. They read in libraries. They read in their schools. They also read in hospitals. Parents often read books for their kids. You can buy all kinds of books in Germany. There are many big or small bookstores there. A bookstore can sell many books every day. People also like to buy books on the 069 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 23 Internet (因特网) now. In Germany, people often have reading parties. They are happy at the parties. But you must follow the rules at the parties. For example, don’t arrive late for the parties. Don’t eat at the parties. Don’t listen to music at the parties. Don’t talk loudly at the parties. Do you like a party like this? (    ) 1. If there are ten Germans(德国人),         like reading. A. six B. five C. seven D. three (    ) 2. Who often reads books for the kids according to the passage? A. Their teachers. B. Their brothers. C. Their grandmothers. D. Their parents. (    ) 3. What kind of parties do the Germans often have according to the passage? A. Singing parties. B. New Year parties. C. Dancing parties. D. Reading parties. (    ) 4. Which is NOT true for the reading parties? A. Don’t eat food. B. Don’t arrive on time. C. Don’t listen to music. D. Don’t talk loudly. (    ) 5. What is the best title for the passage? A. Germans Like Reading Books B. Germans Like Buying Books C. Germans Like Watching TV D. Germans Like Having Parties C. 国家不同，校规不同 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容完成表格中所缺信息，每空填一词。 I’m Andy. I study at a school in Beijing. There are lots of rules in my school. We have to wear school uniforms every day, and we can’t wear rings. We can’t arrive late for school. We can’t talk in class. After class, we can’t run in the hallways(走廊). I can follow most of them, but I can’t follow some. My cousin Mike is in a school in the USA. In his school, students can’t bring alcohol(酒) to school. Students can’t smoke. Students can’t colour their hair, and boys can’t have long hair. It’s easy for Mike to follow them. My e-friend Julie studies in a school in Canada. In her school, students can’t eat in the classroom. They can’t listen to music in class. Julie thinks she can obey(遵守) these rules. 070 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 We don’t like some of the rules, but most of the rules can help us and we have to follow the rules. Rules in Different Schools Schools Rules A school in Beijing Students have to     1    school uniforms every day. Students can’t wear rings, arrive     2    for school,     3    in class or     4    in the hallways after class. A school in the USA Students can’t     5    alcohol to school, smoke or     6    their hair. Boys can’t have     7    hair. A school in Canada Students can’t     8    in the classroom or listen to     9    in class. Sometimes students don’t like the rules, but they have to     10    the rules, because most of the rules can help them. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. Germany /'dʒɜ:mənɪ/ n.  德国 2. shoulder /'ʃəʊldə(r)/ n.  肩膀 3. shout /ʃaʊt/ v.  大喊 4. all kinds of  各种各样…… 5. on the Internet  在网上 6. school uniform  校服 7. wear rings  戴戒指 8. hallway /'hɔ:lweɪ/ n.  走廊 9. alcohol /'ælkəhɒl/ n.  酒 10. colour /'kʌlə(r)/ v.  （用颜料、彩 11. obey rules  遵守规则 色笔等）为……着色 12. hospital /'hɒspɪtl/ n.  医院 071 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 24 ▲ Unit 24 ▲ A. 最脏的蔬果 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         dirty      clean      carefully      the        little      for            other      sick        or            worry      wash      tired Are strawberries your favorite fruit? If so, you should wash them     1    . Scientists say that strawberries may be     2    dirtiest fruit. The fruit has the most pesticides(农 药). They are bad     3    our health. They make us     4    . But you don’t need to     5    too much. You can     6    them under the tap water for 30 seconds(秒). The water can wash the pesticides.     7    you can choose to eat organic(有 机的) strawberries. Besides strawberries, there are some     8    “dirty” fruits and vegetables. They all have pesticides. For example, apples, grapes and pears. But there are also some “    9    ” fruits and vegetables. They have     10    pes­ ticides. Bananas and sweet corn are both clean. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 安妮最喜欢的活动 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Annie’s Favorite Activities Day Activity Place Time Monday Play volleyball with her friends In the playground 4:30 p.m. — 5:30 p.m. Tuesday Practise tennis with her class­ mates In the Tennis Club 5:00 p.m. — 5:30 p.m. Thursday Go swimming In the Swimming Club 6:00 p.m. — 7:00 p.m. 072 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Annie’s Favorite Activities Day Activity Place Time Saturday Have a picnic with her parents In the park 9:00 a.m. — 11:30 a.m. Sunday Read books with her brother At home 11:00 a.m. — 5:00 p.m. (    ) 1. When does Annie often play volleyball with her friends? On         . A. Sundays B. Mondays C. Tuesdays D. Thursdays (    ) 2. Where does Annie often practise tennis with her classmates? A. In the playground. B. At home. C. In the Tennis Club. D. In the park. (    ) 3. Annie often swims from         on Thursdays. A. 4:30 p.m.—5:30 p.m. B. 5:00 p.m.—5:30 p.m. C. 6:00 p.m.—7:00 p.m. D. 9:00 p.m.—11:30 p.m. (    ) 4. Annie usually         from 11:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Sundays. A. read books B. play volleyball C. practise tennis D. go swimming (    ) 5. What can we learn from the passage? A. Annie often plays volleyball for two hours. B. Annie likes to stay at home on Saturdays. C. Annie likes to read books on Saturdays. D. Annie likes sports very much. C. 人要有梦想 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 It is sunny and warm today. A dog is sleeping. A panda comes to the dog and says, “You are a lazy dog. You don’t do anything every day.” “What do I need to do?” asks the dog. “My owner gives me food to eat. My owner takes me out for a walk. My owner loves me. Ha! I eat, I go out for a walk and I sleep. I don’t have any other things to do.” “But don’t you have any dreams(梦想)?” asks the panda. “Dreams? What do I need dreams to do? I’m just a dog,” （续表） 073 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 24 says the dog. “What dreams do you have?” “I often go to other countries and make friends with people there. So I can show the world that the Chinese are friendly,” answers the panda. “Oh,” says the dog, “maybe I should(应该) do something for others.” (    ) 1. What is the dog doing in the sunny day? A. Walking. B. Playing games. C. Eating. D. Sleeping. (    ) 2. The underlined word “owner” means “        ” in Chinese. A. 主人 B. 老板 C. 长辈 D. 失主 (    ) 3. The dog has only         thing(s) to do every day. A. one B. two C. three D. four (    ) 4. The panda goes to other countries to show         . A. China has a long history B. China has all kinds of animals C. Chinese people love animals D. Chinese people are friendly (    ) 5. The story tells us         . A. we should relax a lot on sunny days B. everyone should have dreams C. pandas are clever animals D. we should love animals 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. strawberry /'strɔ:bəri/ n.  草莓 2. second /'sekənd/ n.  秒 3. choose /tʃu:z/ v.  选择 4. organic /ɔ:'ɡænɪk/ adj.  有机的 5. grape /ɡreɪp/ n.  葡萄 6. have a picnic  进行野餐 7. panda /'pændə/ n.  熊猫 8. owner /'əʊnə(r)/ n.  主人 9. dream /dri:m/ n.  梦想 10. friendly /'frendli/ adj.  友好的 074 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 25 ▲ A. 澳洲读书周 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Each August in Australia, children dress up as their favorite book characters(人物) and come to school early     1    Monday. What are they     2    ? They are taking part in a     3    Week. Schools and public     4    in Australia spend a week celebrating(庆祝) books. Everyone dresses up in costumes(服装), even the school     5    . Snow White, Robin Hood, Peter Pan are     6    characters. Some students try hard to have the     7    costume. And teachers develop many     8    activities for their students. This is to show how important     9    is. And it always brings great     10    . Children love turning the pages of a real book and sharing it with others. (    ) 1. A. on B. in C. at D. about (    ) 2. A. playing B. reading C. showing D. doing (    ) 3. A. Animal B. Book C. Film D. Dance (    ) 4. A. parks B. hospitals C. libraries D. theatres (    ) 5. A. teachers B. drivers C. doctors D. nurses (    ) 6. A. bad B. ugly C. popular D. poor (    ) 7. A. best B. cheap C. expensive D. strange (    ) 8. A. difficult B. interesting C. hard D. strange (    ) 9. A. teaching B. playing C. practicing D. reading (    ) 10. A. money B. jobs C. joy D. stories B. 如何更健康？ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Health is more important than money and wisdom(智慧). Good health helps us enjoy our life and get what we need. How can we stay healthy? Here is some helpful advice. ● Eat more fruit and vegetables. They are full of vitamins. And they can help us keep healthy and young. 075 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 25 ● Keep a balanced diet and good eating habits. Eat less food with lots of sugar and fat. Eat lots of food high in protein. ● Exercise every day. Doing sports can help us make our bodies strong. ● Learn to relax ourselves. Being too tired all the time may make us get sick easily. ● Give up bad habits, such as drinking and smoking. In a word, if we do this way, we’ll live a healthy life and get fit. (    ) 1. The writer gives us         pieces of advice on how to stay healthy. A. three B. four C. five D. six (    ) 2. If your body needs vitamins, you should eat         . A. more fruit and vegetables B. more milk and less meat C. more food and fish D. more sugar and sweet snacks (    ) 3. The underlined word “balanced” means “        ” in Chinese. A. 有营养的 B. 均衡的 C. 健康的 D. 美味的 (    ) 4. We need to do sports to         . A. make us tall B. make us slim C. make us get sick easily D. make us strong (    ) 5. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. How to Make Money B. How to Get Fit C. Healthy Diet D. Doing More Exercise C. 夏日圣诞节 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 You see people in movies have a white Christmas in England or the United States. But Christmas in Australia is very different. Christmas (Dec. 25th) comes at the hottest time of the year in Australia. It can be over 40°C in some cities! Because it is so hot, people usually have a lunch outside and swim in the pool during Christmas. They also meet all of their family for Christmas lunch. Christmas lunch is usually a big meal of ham, turkey, salad and seafood. Family members all cook something different to bring to the feast(大餐). The sport of cricket(板球) is very popular in Australia. So during Christmas, family members also play a game of cricket in the backyard(后院). Australia might not have a white Christmas, but it is still a very exciting and fun time of the year. 076 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. People in England and the United States can not have a white Christmas. (    ) 2. Christmas is always the hottest time of the year in Australia. (    ) 3. During Christmas, Australians usually have a lunch outside and swim in the pool. (    ) 4. People in Australia like playing the sport of cricket very much. (    ) 5. Christmas in Australia is not a fun time because it doesn’t have a white Christmas. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. dress up  穿上盛装 2. character /'kærəktə(r)/ n.  人物 3. take part in...  参加…… 4. celebrate /'selɪbreɪt/ v.  庆祝 5. costume /'kɒstju:m/ n.  服装 6. wisdom /'wɪzdəm/ n.  智慧 7. helpful /'helpfl/ adj.  给予帮助的 8. be full of  充满…… 9. vitamin /'vɪtəmɪn/ n.  维生素 10. balanced /'bælənst/ adj.  平衡的 11. protein /'prəʊti:n/ n.  蛋白质 12. relax oneself  自我放松 13. give up bad habits  戒除坏习惯 14. in a word  总之 15. feast /fi:st/ n.  大餐 16. seafood /'si:fu:d/ n.  海鲜 077 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 26 ▲ Unit 26 ▲ A. 美国教师节 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Teachers help us become good students. So we need to     1    them for all their hard work. Chinese students have a Teacher’s Day on Sept. 10th. But     2    do US students thank their teachers? First, US schools have a whole     3    in May to appreciate(感谢) their teachers! Teacher Appreciation Day is     4    the Tuesday of that week. The school hosts parties     5    gifts and snacks that week. There are also signs everywhere to show their love for     6    . US students like to give small gifts to     7    teachers. US teachers love getting thank-you notes from their     8    . Teachers also like getting hand-made things and small candies from students. Students shouldn’t just     9    until Teacher Appreciation Day. Thank your teachers all the time! They love to hear     10    their students. It helps them do a good job. (    ) 1. A. see B. thank C. ask D. visit (    ) 2. A. how B. why C. when D. what (    ) 3. A. day B. month C. week D. year (    ) 4. A. in B. until C. at D. on (    ) 5. A. with B. without C. on D. by (    ) 6. A. parents B. teachers C. classmates D. friends (    ) 7. A. our B. your C. their D. other (    ) 8. A. children B. wives C. friends D. students (    ) 9. A. wait B. sit C. watch D. play (    ) 10. A. to B. for C. from D. on 078 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 个人信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Personal Data Name: David King Age: 23 Sex: Man Address: Taizhou, Zhejiang, China Postal code: 317010 Telephone: 1381002×××× E-mail: david @sina.com color: red, black Car number: ZJ2301 ID card: 33262319862563 (    ) 1. The man’s name is         . A. Jim B. Tom C. David D. Mark (    ) 2. The man is from         . A. China B. Japan C. Canada D. the US (    ) 3. His phone number is         . A. 317010 B. ZJ2301 C. 1381002×××× D. 33262319862563 C. 礼貌和诚实 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Tony is seven years old. He begins to go to school this term. He works very hard. He is polite and has lots of friends. They all like him very much. It is Saturday today. Tony, his sister Kate and their mother are at home. His mother does some housework and he watches TV. Kate does her homework. At ten o’clock, his father comes back with a bag of apples for the family. Tony likes apples very much and wants to eat one. His mother gives four apples and says, “Go and wash them.” Tony washes the apples and then gives them back to his mother. His mother asks him, “Which apple do you want, Tony?” “The biggest one,” Tony answers quickly. “What?” says his mother. “You should want the smallest one, Tony. You should be a polite boy!” “Should I tell a lie(说谎) just to be polite, Mum?” 079 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 26 (    ) 1. Tony begins to go to school when he is         years old. A. five B. six C. seven D. eight (    ) 2. Tony’s sister Kate is a         . A. teacher B. student C. worker D. nurse (    ) 3. Tony’s mother gives him four apples to wash because         . A. she doesn’t want Tony to eat too many apples B. Tony cannot carry more apples C. Tony can eat four apples D. there are four people in his family (    ) 4. Tony wants to eat         . A. the biggest apple B. the smallest apple C. the biggest and the smallest apples D. the four apples (    ) 5. From the story we can know Tony wants to be         . A. friendly B. helpful C. polite D. honest 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. Teacher’s Day  教师节 2. appreciate /ə'pri:ʃieɪt / v.  感激，感谢 3. sign /saɪn/ n.  标志 4. show love for…  表达对……的爱 5. hand-made things  手工制作的东西 6. personal /'pɜ:sənl/ adj.  个人的 7. data /'deɪtə/ n.  资料 8. postal code  邮政编码 9. car number  汽车牌号 10. do housework  做家务 11. polite /pə'laɪt/ adj.  礼貌的 12. tell a lie  说谎 080 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 27 ▲ A. 数羊有助于睡眠吗？ 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         quiet      about      sheep        way      them      a         feel        work      quickly      some      quite      they It is time to go to bed. But you can not fall asleep. “One sheep, two     1    …” You start to count(数) sheep. But does it really     2    ? Scientists do     3    tests. Counting sheep may not be a very good     4    to help you fall asleep. Some people try very hard to count. They think     5    the numbers a lot. This way, they can be more clear-headed(头脑清醒的). It is hard for     6    to sleep. Instead, you can try taking     7    bath to fall asleep. Or you can also think about a     8    sea beach(海边) or a walk in the park. Thinking about these things makes you     9    relaxed. Relaxing helps you fall asleep more     10    . 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 早起益处多 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Some people like to get up early, but some do not. In fact, it is really good for us to get up early every day. Scientists(科学家) find early rising(早起) people are healthier than late rising people. We know early rising is helpful in some ways: Firstly, it helps to keep us healthy, because we can get fresh air in the morning. And it is also useful to do morning exercises. Secondly, early rising helps us in our studies. In the morning, we can learn more quickly and better. Thirdly, early rising can help us make a plan(计划) for our work. A good plan is very important to our work. 081 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 27 Fourthly, of course, early rising gives us enough time to get ready for our work. It’s not easy to have the habit(习惯) of early rising. Everyone has to try hard to do so. As an old saying goes, “Early to bed and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy(富裕的) and clever.” (    ) 1. Early rising people are         than late rising people. A. fatter B. thinner C. healthier D. richer (    ) 2. Air is the freshest         according to the passage. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. in the evening D. all the day (    ) 3. Which of the following is the result(结果) of early rising? A. People can get ready for their work. B. People can get fresh air. C. People can learn things more quickly and better. D. All of the above. (    ) 4. It’s         for us to form the habit of getting up early, so we must try hard. A. easy B. difficult C. happy D. sad (    ) 5. As an old saying goes, “         can make us healthy, wealthy and wise.” A. Getting up early B. Going to bed early C. Getting up late D. A and B C. 中国人送礼有禁忌 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 Spring Festival is coming. It’s the season to give gifts to family members and friends. But in different countries, there are taboos(禁忌) on gift giving. What are those in China? Chinese people usually don’t give a clock to each other. A clock sounds like zhong in Chinese, which means “the end”. So giving someone a clock is like saying “your time is up”. People will think it is unlucky for them. Buying pears or an umbrella is not a good idea either. A pear sounds like li in Chinese. And umbrella sounds like san in Chinese. Both of them mean “separation(分离)”. They are not good gifts for friends. What is a safe gift then? Cash(现金) is the answer! A “red envelope(红包)” with money is the most popular gift in China. People give red envelopes to show their love. People put “lucky” amounts(数量) of money in the envelopes. The number six and the number eight are lucky numbers in China. 082 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. Spring Festival is the season to give gifts to family members and friends in China. (    ) 2. Chinese people usually don’t give a clock to others because they are too cheap. (    ) 3. Both pears or an umbrella mean “separation” in Chinese. (    ) 4. People give red envelopes with money to show they are rich. (    ) 5. In China, people think six and eight are lucky numbers. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. fall asleep  入睡 2. think about  思考，考虑 3. take a bath  洗个澡 4. feel relaxed  感到放松 5. scientist /'saɪəntɪst/ n.  科学家 6. in some ways  在某些方面 7. firstly /'fɜ:stli/ adv.  首先，第一 8. secondly /'sekəndli/ adv.  其次，第二 9. make a plan for  为……制定计划 10. get ready for  为……做好准备 11. wealthy /'welθi/ adj.  富有的 12. cash /kæʃ/ n.  现金 13. red envelope  红包 14. lucky number  吉利数字；幸运数字 083 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 28 ▲ Unit 28 ▲ A. 中国的夜宵 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 What is the ye xiao in your city? Ye xiao, or night snack is the     1    meal of the day in China. It usually starts from 8 p.m.     2    2 a.m. It is different in the north and     3    of the country. In the north, barbeque(烧烤) is always a good night snack in     4    . But in the south there are many kinds of ye xiao, like spicy crayfish(小龙虾) and tasty sweet food. Tai- wan’s night market is very     5    . It is a place for both eating and     6    . Parents take their children to eat at street stalls(路边摊).     7    people shop around. Old people just sit around and chat.     8    do people have ye xiao? Some say that in China’s south, people have lon- ger days, so they like to stay up late and have more meals. But ye xiao is not just about     9    . People eat with friends, chat and take a walk. All these things     10    ye xiao a way of life. (    ) 1. A. first B. fourth C. second D. third (    ) 2. A. to B. about C. by D. at (    ) 3. A. east B. west C. middle D. south (    ) 4. A. spring B. winter C. summer D. autumn (    ) 5. A. famous B. big C. small D. noisy (    ) 6. A. singing B. shopping C. dancing D. swimming (    ) 7. A. Beautiful B. Clever C. Rich D. Young (    ) 8. A. How B. Why C. Where D. What (    ) 9. A. shopping B. sports C. food D. friends (    ) 10. A. name B. say C. let D. make B. 音乐和舞蹈演出 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Live Music Come and enjoy the songs by Qi Qin, one of the most famous singers in the past 20 years. Place: The Stadium Date: June 26th Price: ¥588—1288 Time: 7:00 p.m. Tel: 6935094 084 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Spanish Dancing Spanish Dancing is fun and easy to learn. Come and learn this wonderful dance from Spain. Place: John Black’s Date: June 15th—July 14th Price: ¥500 Time: 7:30—9:30 p.m. Tel: 2711399 J&M Music Store Rock, pop and country music Buy CDs, new or used Listen before you buy Guitar lessons offered Country Music Enjoy true American country music. Place: Rainbow Music Club Date: July 2nd Price: ¥300 Time: 7:30—11:00 p.m. Tel: 8115608 (    ) 1. If you want to enjoy country music, you should call         . A. 8115608 B. 3102768 C. 2711399 D. 6935094 (    ) 2. You can enjoy Qi Qin’s music at         . A. Wanda Plaza B. John Black’s C. The Stadium D. Rainbow Music Club (    ) 3. If you want to learn Spanish dancing with one of your friends, how much do you and your friend need to pay? A. ¥500. B. ¥1,000. C. ¥600. D. ¥588. (    ) 4. You can         at J&M Music Store. A. take guitar lessons B. borrow new or used CDs C. learn pop music history D. buy all kinds of music books (    ) 5. It’s June 28th today, you can enjoy         . A. Live Music B. Spanish Dancing C. Titanic (3D) D. Country Music 085 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 28 C. 愚蠢的人？ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 It is a beautiful spring morning. There isn’t a cloud, and the sun is warm but not too hot. So Mr. Green is surprised when he sees an old man at the bus stop with a big strong black umbrella in his hand. Mr. Green says to him, “Do you think we are going to have rain today?” “No,” says the old man，“I don’t think so.” “Then are you carrying the umbrella to keep the sun off you?” “No, the sun is not very hot in spring.” Mr. Green looks at the big umbrella again, then the man says, “I am an old man, and my legs are not very strong. So I really need a walking stick(拐杖). When I carry a walking stick, people will say, “Look at that poor man.” And I don’t like that. When I carry an umbrella in fine weather, people only say, “Look at that foolish(愚蠢的) man.” (    ) 1. Where does Mr. Green meet the old man? A. In the bus. B. Near the bus stop. C. At the bus stop. D. In a big shop. (    ) 2. The underlined word “surprised” means         in Chinese. A. 担心的 B. 惊讶的 C. 开心的 D. 伤心的 (    ) 3. What color is the old man’s umbrella? A. Black. B. Blue. C. Brown. D. White. (    ) 4. What is the weather like? A. Cloudy. B. Rainy. C. Fine. D. Windy. (    ) 5. What do people think of the old man when he carries an umbrella in fine weather? A. He is very strong. B. He is very foolish. C. He is very poor. D. He is friendly. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. in the north  在北方 2. market /'mɑ:kɪt/ n.  市场 3. street stall  路边摊 4. stay up late  熬夜 5. way of life  生活方式 6. live music  现场表演的音乐 7. singer /'sɪŋə(r)/ n.  歌手 8. in the past 20 years  在过去的二十年里 9. in spring  在春天 10. country music  乡村音乐 11. walking stick  手杖 12. foolish /'fu:lɪʃ/ adj.  愚蠢的 086 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 29 ▲ A. 不同国家的国庆日 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 A national day is a day to remember the start of a     1    . Every national day has history behind it.     2    National Day is on October 1st. It celebrates the     3    of the New China in 1949. The United States has an Independence Day(独立日).     4    July 4th, 1776, the country became     5    and July 4th is their national day. People may have a picnic outside. They play games until night. Like the US, Mexico also has     6    Independence Day. It is on September 16th. On this day, you can see Mexican     7    everywhere. Young people wear a picture of the flag. Children wave windmills(风车) with the colours red, white and green. They are the     8    of the Mexican flag. But some countries don’t have a national day,     9    the UK. In the UK, the Queen(女王) is the head of the country. People use the Queen’s official     10    (not her real birthday) as their national day. It is on a Saturday in June. (    ) 1. A. family B. school C. city D. country (    ) 2. A. Chinese B. Japanese C. English D. Australian (    ) 3. A. people B. leaders C. birth D. heroes (    ) 4. A. In B. On C. About D. From (    ) 5. A. free B. new C. active D. great (    ) 6. A. the B. a C. / D. an (    ) 7. A. books B. flowers C. flags D. teachers (    ) 8. A. colour B. colours C. pictures D. heroes (    ) 9. A. like B. as C. for D. in (    ) 10. A. time B. day C. birthday D. husband B. 龙舟赛 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 The Dragon-Boat Festival is very popular in China. It usually comes in May or June. It is 087 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 29 always on May 5th in Chinese lunar calendar(农历). It is famous for dragon-boat races. The dragon-boat race is the most popular activity during the festival, especially in South China. A dragon boat looks like a dragon(龙), and it is painted in red, white, yellow or black. Usually, a dragon boat is twenty to forty metres long, and needs twenty-five people to row. Boatmen row the boat in cadence(节奏) with the drumbeats(鼓点). The captain in the front of the boat waves a small flag to help do the rowing. Dragon-boat racing is quite a happy thing. International dragon-boat racing is held in Guangzhou and Hong Kong every year. (    ) 1. The Dragon-Boat Festival is on the         in lunar calendar(农历). A. 1st day of January B. 15th day of January C. 5th day of April D. 5th day of May (    ) 2. Which is the most popular activity during the Dragon Boat Festival? A. Dragon-boat racing. B. Playing games. C. Waving flags. D. Enjoying a dragon. (    ) 3. How many people does a dragon boat need to row? A. 20. B. 40. C. 10. D. 25. (    ) 4. If you want to watch international dragon-boat racing, you can go to         . A. Guangzhou and Beijing B. Guangzhou and Qingdao C. Guangzhou and Hubei D. Hong Kong and Guangzhou (    ) 5. This passage is about         . A. how to row the boat B. dragon-boat racing C. the Dragon-Boat Festival D. Chinese traditional festival C. 无人机送快递 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 You buy a new toy online. It should come today. Knock(敲门), knock. You open the door, but can’t see a delivery man. Instead, a drone(无人机) puts the package(包裹) at your door! It may sound like something from a sci-fi movie. But drone delivery(送货) is really happening around the world. Amazon is one of the world’s biggest online shopping companies. It often uses a drone to send goods in the UK. The drone takes a bag of popcorn and a smart TV stick. It flies for 10-13 minutes to a customer’s(顾客) home. In the USA, 7-Eleven also uses a drone to deliver 088 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 a sandwich and coffee to customers. In China, S.F. Express and JD.com are trying drone delivery this year. But the drone can’t deliver everything. Packages can’t be too heavy. It must weigh 2.3 kg or less. It can only happen during the day and in clear weather. (    ) 1. Drone delivery is happening all over the world now. (    ) 2. Amazon is the world’s biggest online shopping company. (    ) 3. Two China’s companies are trying drone delivery this year. (    ) 4. The drone can’t send too heavy packages. (    ) 5. Drone delivery can happen at any time and in any weather. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. national day  国庆日 2. birth /bɜ:θ/ n.  出生 3. official /ə'fɪʃl/ adj.  官方的，正式的 4. the Dragon-Boat Festival  端午节 5. especially /ɪ'speʃəli/ adv.  尤其，特别 6. captain /'kæptɪn/ n.  船长，队长 7. delivery man  快递员 8. drone /drəʊn/ n.  无人机 9. package /'pækɪdʒ/ n.  包裹 10. company /'kʌmpəni/ n.  公司 11. popcorn /'pɒpkɔ:n/ n.  爆米花 12. customer /'kʌstəmə(r)/ n.  顾客 13. weigh /weɪ/ v.  重…… 14. in clear weather  天气晴朗时 089 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 30 ▲ Unit 30 ▲ A. 乘法口诀在英国 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。     good      English      easy          students      are        difficult     many      in          numbers      easily        much      more Do you know the times tables(乘法口诀) well? They may not be     1    for you. But what about     2    students? They may find them new and hard. English students     3    learning about Chinese times tables. This year, about 7,250 fourth-graders     4    England will take a times table test. In 2020, all students in England will take this test. In China,     5    start to learn their times table in Grade Two. Their times tables deal with(涉及) the     6    from 1 to 9. But the English times tables go up to 12. This means English students have     7    numbers to remember. Many English people think the test is a     8    idea. It will help the students learn math     9    . But some people are against(反对) it. They think it makes     10    pressure(压力) for students. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 生活广告 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Kung Fu Club Do you like to do kung fu? Mr. Cai can teach you. You can come here on Saturday afternoon. Tel: 968-5788 Add: Room 212 in School’s P. E. Building 090 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Musicians Wanted Are you a music lover? Can you sing or dance? Can you play the guitar? Can you play the violin? Welcome to our Time Band (乐队). Please call Tina at 798-3643 from Monday to Friday (8:30 a.m. — 11:00 a.m.). We will meet on Sunday morning. Let’s Learn Chinese Can you speak Chinese? Do you want to learn Chinese? Join the Chinese club now. Time: 9:00 a.m. — 11:30 a.m. (from Monday to Friday) Call Henry at 458-0874. Help Wanted for the School Trip We need help for the school trip. Can you teach people to swim? Come and join us! Please call Mr. Green at 845-7341. (    ) 1. We can learn to do kung fu         . A. at Mr. Cai’s home B. on Friday afternoon C. in School’s P. E. Building D. from Monday to Friday (    ) 2. The Time Band will meet on         . A. Friday afternoon B. Monday morning C. Saturday afternoon D. Sunday morning (    ) 3. Cathy can sing well and she wants to meet some music lovers. She can call         . A. 968-5788 B. 798-3643 C. 458-0874 D. 845-7341 (    ) 4. You can teach people to         . Then you can join in the school trip. A. do kung fu B. swim C. speak Chinese D. play the guitar (    ) 5. Which of the following is TRUE? A. You can go to the Chinese club on weekends. B. Henry is in the kung fu club. C. You can call Tina on Thursday. D. The Chinese teacher needs to teach 3.5 hours on Monday. 091 ● 第 二 章 提 高 篇 ●Unit 30 C. 懂友谊的猫 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 A man has a cat. He likes her very much. At mealtime the cat sits at the table with him. The man eats with a knife and a fork, but the cat eats from her plate. Sometimes, when she eats her dish, the man will give her a bit of his food. He shares his meal with her. One day the cat is not at the table at mealtime. “Ah! Where is my cat?” asks the man. His wife says, “Can’t you eat without her?” So the meal begins without the cat. Before lunch is over, the cat runs into the room and jumps onto the chair quickly. She has two mice in her mouth, and before anyone can stop her, she puts one mouse(老鼠) into her own plate, and the other into the man’s plate. “Dear me!” cries the woman. “A mouse is in your plate!” Her husband says, “This shows that she is a nice cat. She knows what friendship(友谊) is. She wishes me to share her dinner because I often share mine with her.” (    ) 1.         loves his cat very much. A. The man B. The man’s wife C. The mouse D. His friends (    ) 2. The cat always         . A. sleeps under their table B. has meals alone C. has meals with the man D. gets some food from the man’s wife (    ) 3. One day the cat is not at the table at mealtime because         . A. the man’s wife doesn’t like her B. she is busy catching the mice C. she is having a meal outside the house D. the man wants to have a meal alone (    ) 4. The cat puts a mouse into the man’s plate         . A. because she doesn’t like it B. because she thinks the man is her friend C. because the man likes it D. because she doesn’t like the man (    ) 5. From this passage we can know that         . A. everybody should love animals B. women don’t love animals 092 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 C. the man’s wife can’t have a meal without the cat D. animals can feel the love from people and be friends with us 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. fourth-grader n.  四年级的学生 2. take a test  参加测试 3. against /ə'ɡenst/ prep.  反对 4. pressure /'preFə/ n.  压力 5. on Sunday morning  在星期天早晨 6. play the violin  演奏小提琴 7. a bit of food  一点食物 8. at mealtime  用餐时 9. mouse /maʊs/ n.  老鼠（复数形式为mice） 10. friendship /'frendʃɪp/ n.  友谊 第三章 突破篇 094 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 31 ▲ A. 理想的假期 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Everyone has a dream holiday in our life. I hope I can     1    a trip to France by ship, because it is a beautiful country full of     2    , flowers and wine. On the     3    day, I will go to Paris to     4    the famous Eiffel Tower. I want to get to the top of it and have a good look at the view(风景) of this great     5    . When I enjoy the beautiful views on the top of the tower, I will be very     6    to say loudly “France! I love you!” The next day, I’d like to enjoy the French     7    . I think the food will be greatly delicious. On the last day, I will go to shops to buy a lot of     8    for my friends and family. Then I will come back     9    plane. The trip to France will be     10    of my greatest experiences(经历). I am sure that I will learn a lot and never forget it. (    ) 1. A. take B. watch C. forget D. want (    ) 2. A. noises B. visitors C. love D. students (    ) 3. A. last B. first C. third D. second (    ) 4. A. read B. watch C. love D. visit (    ) 5. A. city B. country C. town D. farm (    ) 6. A. excitedly B. excite C. exciting D. excited (    ) 7. A. weather B. food C. shops D. parks (    ) 8. A. bags B. gifts C. clothes D. candies (    ) 9. A. in B. on C. by D. from (    ) 10. A. two B. some C. one D. many B. 少年追梦 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 I’m a 12-year-old boy. I like traveling very much. How I wish to visit the moon some day! Wu Dong, Guangdong 095 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 31 I’m 15. Now I’m studying English in London. I want to invent a language(语言) machine(机器) that can help me understand many languages. Li Ming, Hunan I’m 16. Before the earthquake(地震), I wanted to be a news reporter. But now I want to be a doctor in the future. I’d like to help all the sick people. Wang Hao, Sichuan I’m a 14-year-old girl in Tibet(西藏). The Qinghai-Tibet Railway is really great. I’ll be able to reach Beijing by train in about 48 hours. My dream is to take the train to Beijing. Joma, Tibet I’m 13 years old. I want to invent a machine. It can send things or people from one place to another place far away in a minute. Wei Hua, Beijing (    ) 1. What is Li Ming’s dream? A. To invent a language machine. B. To visit the moon. C. To be a doctor. D. To go to Beijing. (    ) 2. Wang Hao wants to become a(n)         . A. doctor B. reporter C. sick boy D. English teacher (    ) 3. Who is from Tibet? A. Wei Hua. B. Wang Hao. C. Joma. D. Wu Dong. (    ) 4. People in Tibet can get to Beijing         in about 48 hours now. A. by train B. by bus C. by plane D. on foot (    ) 5. The best title for these passages would be “        ”. A. A Doctor B. My Dream C. An English Teacher D. Earthquake C. 让冰旅馆夏天不融化 阅读短文，根据短文内容判断正误，正确的在括号内填A，错误的在括号内填B。 There is a very small village in Sweden. It is 200 km north of the Arctic Circle(北极 圈). In the village there is a cool hotel called the ICEHOTEL. It opened in 1989. It is made of 096 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 snow and ice. The hotel opens in winter and melts(融化) in summer. This year the ICEHOTEL has a new wing(侧厅): ICEHOTEL 365. It has 20 rooms. It is also made of ice and snow. But the ICEHOTEL 365 can stay open for the whole year. How? The new wing uses cooling tech(技术). It gets help from the sun. That is interesting. The hotel will use the sun to get electricity(电). The electricity will work on the “cooling tubes(冷 却管)” in the roof. It will keep the temperature of the hotel at about -5°C. During spring and summer months, the sun in Sweden is up for almost 24 hours a day. So it will be easy for the hotel to get enough electricity. (    ) 1. There is a cool hotel in Sweden and it is made of snow and ice. (    ) 2. The new wing of the icehotel can be open for half a year. (    ) 3. The new wing uses cooling tech and gets help from the sun. (    ) 4. ICEHOTEL 365 can keep the temperature of the hotel at about -5°C. (    ) 5. The sun in Sweden is up for almost 24 hours a day during the winter months. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. take a trip to…  去……旅行 2. by ship  乘船 3. view /vju:/ n.  风景 4. on the last day  在最后一天 5. experience /ɪk'spɪəriəns/ n.  经历 6. some day  将来有一天 7. machine /mL'Fi:n/ n.  机器 8. invent /ɪn'vent/ v.  发明 9. earthquake /'ɜ:θkweɪk/ n.  地震 10. reporter /rɪ'pɔ:tə(r)/ n.  记者 11. be made of  由……制成 12. melt /melt/ v.  融化 13. electricity /ɪˌlek'trɪsəti/ n.  电 14. temperature /'temprətʃə(r)/ n.  温度 097 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 32 ▲ Unit 32 ▲ A. 立冬节气 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Leaves are falling. The wind becomes     1    . In China, lidong usually     2    in November of each year. Lidong is one the 24 solar terms(节气). Chinese people usually have a big     3    on that day. Eating well can help people keep     4    on cold days. In the north of China, people eat dumplings     5    the day of lidong. In the     6    , people eat chicken, duck and fish. In the old days, lidong was also a time for people to keep     7    . At the time, there were not many fresh vegetables to eat during the     8    , especially in the north. There were also no supermarkets like today. People had no place to buy     9    vegetables in winter. Now, around lidong people still put some cabbages(大白菜) in their house for the winter. They also make fresh     10    into tomato sauce(酱). It is good for eating noodles in winter. (    ) 1. A. hot B. warm C. cold D. cool (    ) 2. A. comes B. leaves C. goes D. runs (    ) 3. A. lunch B. supper C. breakfast D. meal (    ) 4. A. strong B. warm C. clever D. quick (    ) 5. A. on B. in C. for D. at (    ) 6. A. north B. south C. city D. town (    ) 7. A. apples B. bananas C. tomatoes D. vegetables (    ) 8. A. summer B. autumn C. winter D. spring (    ) 9. A. old B. new C. fresh D. beautiful (    ) 10. A. tomatoes B. noodles C. food D. meat 098 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 电视频道信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Channel 1 (一频道) Channel 2 18:00 Around China 17:45 Computers Today 18:30 Children’s Programme(节目) 18:10 Foreign Arts 19:00 News 18:30 Modern English 19:30 Weather Report 19:00 Animal World 19:40 Around the World 19:25 In Asia 20:10 TV Play: Sisters 20:20 Sports 21:00 English for Today 21:00 Sports Player: Yao Ming 21:15 Pop Music 21:45 English News 21:55 Talk Show 22:05 On TV Next Week (    ) 1. You’ll know something about         at 19:00 on Channel 2. A. news B. animals C. foreign language D. Asia (    ) 2. If you want to watch NBA, the best programme for you would be         . A. Sports B. Around the World C. Foreign Arts D. English News (    ) 3. If you like music very much, the best programme is         . A. at 21:45 on Channel 2 B. at 21:55 on Channel 1 C. at 21:00 on Channel 2 D. at 21:15 on Channel 1 (    ) 4.         is probably(很可能) a programme that teaches you English. A. Around the World B. Foreign Arts C. Modern English D. English News (    ) 5. You can probably see the table(表格) above on a         . A. newspaper B. book C. magazine D. notebook C. 培养学习好习惯 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 All students need to have good habits. When you have good study habits, you learn 099 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 32 things quickly. You also remember them easily. Do you like to study in the living room? This is not a good place because it is usually too noisy. The telephone bell rings there; the TV is there, and sometimes it is a good place for your pet dog or cats to play and rest. You need to study in a quiet place, like your bedroom. A quiet place will help you only think about one thing, and you will learn better. Before you begin to study, do not forget to clean your desk. A good desk light is important, too. You’ll feel tired easily if there is not enough light(光线). So you should have a clean and bright lamp(灯). To tell you the truth, the most important is that you should put your heart into your study. (    ) 1. When you have good study habits, you will         . A. learn things quickly B. remember things easily C. make some mistakes D. both A and B (    ) 2. The living-room is not a good place for study because it is too         . A. quiet B. noisy C. good D. clean (    ) 3. You’ll feel tired easily if the light is         . A. good B. enough C. bad D. wonderful (    ) 4. You should remember to         before you study. A. clean the desk B. tidy the room C. turn off the light D. go to the bedroom (    ) 5. What’s the best title for this passage? A. Study in the Bedroom B. Good Study Habits C. How to Study D. Desk Light Is Important 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. keep warm  保暖 2. in the old days  从前 3. cabbage /'kæbɪdʒ/ n.  甘蓝，卷心菜 4. channel /'tʃænl/ n.  频道 5. programme /'prəʊɡræm/ n.  节目 6. TV play  电视剧 7. weather report  天气预报 8. pop music  流行音乐 9. talk show  谈话秀，脱口秀 10. animal world  动物世界 11. noisy /'nɔɪzi/ adj.  吵闹的 12. desk light  台灯 13. lamp /læmp/ n.  灯 14. to tell you the truth  说实话 100 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 33 ▲ A. 雪豹 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         look for      baby      as      little      mother      fastest         lives        cold      life      ill        in          warm In China, there is an interesting animal. It is     1    nice as the great panda. It is the snow leopard(雪豹). It     2    in snowy mountains. We know     3    about it because it is shy. About 2,000 to 3,000 snow leopards are living     4    China now. Most of them live in China’s Qinghai and Tibet. The air is thin and it’s very     5    there. Snow leopards are one of the     6    and strongest animals. They     7    food like sheep and rabbits. A mother snow leopard has a     8    when it is about two or three years old. When winter comes, the mother fights the cold to feed(喂养) her baby. If she cannot find food or she gets     9    , both she and the baby will die. In the wild,     10    is hard. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 英国的交通 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 When you are in the UK, you must be very careful in the street because the traffic drives on the left. You must look at the right first and then the left, and then you can cross the street. If the traffic lights are red, the traffic must stop. Then people on foot can cross the road. If the traffic lights are green, the traffic can go. People mustn’t go. When you go by bus in the UK, you have to be careful, too. Always remember the traffic goes on the left. Have a look first, or you will go the wrong way. In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. It’s a good way to see the city. It’s very interesting. (    ) 1. What does the underlined word “careful” mean in Chinese? A. 礼貌的 B. 小心的 C. 安静的 D. 努力的 101 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 33 (    ) 2. Which of the following is TRUE? A. In England, people drive cars on the right. B. People on foot can go when the traffic lights are red. C. Drivers don’t have to be careful in the UK. D. There are no big buses with two floors in the UK. (    ) 3. What is a good way to see the city? A. Walking. B. Sitting by the road. C. Taking a two-floor bus. D. Driving in the street. (    ) 4. Which is the best title for the passage? A. People in the UK B. Be Careful in the UK C. Traffic in the UK D. Buses with Two Floors C. 独自在家学会自我保护 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 There are many things that you should be careful when you are alone(单独) at home. Read the following ways to protect(保护) yourself. Keep the door locked(锁) when you are alone at home. Many people think it’s the best way to protect themselves. Keep some phone numbers to call for help—such as 110, the police station, or a neighbour’s number. Be careful with the electrical(电的) things like a TV or a computer. If you don’t know how to use them, ask your parents. Make a safety check before you go to sleep. Look through the keyhole when you hear the doorbell. If there are strangers, ask “Who’s that?” with the door locked and say “Come back later”. Don’t tell them that your parents are away. Say “Mum is having a shower” or “Dad is having a sleep”. To ignore(忽视) the doorbell is not a good idea because sometimes bad people ring outdoors to see if anyone is at home. 1. What is the best way to protect yourself when you are alone at home?                                                                           2. Why should we keep some numbers like 110?                                                                           102 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 3. What can you do if you don’t know how to use a computer?                                                                           4. What should you do when you hear the doorbell?                                                                           5. Why is it a bad idea to ignore the doorbell?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. snowy /'snəʊI/ adj.  多雪的 2. know little about…  对……几乎不了解 3. rabbit /'ræbɪt/ n.  兔子 4. leopard /'lepəd/ n.  豹；美洲豹 5. feed /fi:d/ v.  喂养 6. cross the street  过马路 7. traffic light  交通灯 8. protect oneself  保护自我 9. lock /lɒk/ v.  上锁 10. call for help  求助 11. police station  警察局 12. stranger /'streɪndʒə(r)/ n.  陌生人 13. ignore /ɪɡ'nɔ:(r)/ v.  忽视 14. doorbell /'dɔ:bel/ n.  门铃 103 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 34 ▲ Unit 34 ▲ A. 美国学生为校服发愁 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Do you wear a school uniform(校服)? Well,     1    the United States, most private schools(私立学校) have uniforms. Some public     2      have them, too. These schools think uniforms help students with their     3    . When everyone wears the same thing, students don’t spend     4    time on clothes. There are problems, too. Some parents say they spend too much     5    on uniforms. Some students say their uniforms don’t look     6    . But even if some schools don’t have uniforms, almost every school has dress     7    . They tell what students should not wear. For example, no tank tops(吊带衫) and no     8    words on any clothes. Dress rules can be very     9    in some schools. If students don’t follow them, they might have to go home and change     10    . So some would say, why not have school uniforms? What do you think? (    ) 1. A. for B. in C. at D. around (    ) 2. A. schools B. hospitals C. museums D. libraries (    ) 3. A. life B. health C. bodies D. lessons (    ) 4. A. many B. a few C. much D. few (    ) 5. A. money B. time C. dollars D. ideas (    ) 6. A. ugly B. beautiful C. comfortable D. cheap (    ) 7. A. habits B. ways C. places D. rules (    ) 8. A. good B. beautiful C. bad D. interesting (    ) 9. A. great B. strict C. clever D. terrible (    ) 10. A. clothes B. yourself C. trousers D. shoes B. 周日与动物相约 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Here are some animal shows in Good-Time Zoo. You can come and see this Sunday morning. Welcome! 104 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Name From Show Time Taotao China Monkey Show 9:00 Nana China Panda Show 9:30 Molly South Africa (南非) Lion Show 10:30 Harry Thailand (泰国) Elephant Show 11:00 (    ) 1. Taotao is the name of a(n)         . A. lion B. panda C. monkey D. elephant (    ) 2. Where is Nana from? A. China. B. America. C. Thailand. D. South Africa. (    ) 3. We can see the Panda Show at         this Sunday morning. A. 9:00 B. 9:30 C. 10:00 D. 11:30 (    ) 4. What can we see at 11:00 in the morning? A. A Panda Show. B. A Monkey Show. C. A Lion Show. D. An Elephant Show. (    ) 5. Which is RIGHT? A. Taotao is a panda from China. B. Molly is from South Africa. C. We can see a Tiger Show in Good-Time Zoo. D. We can see all the shows on Sunday afternoon. C. 辨认时间真难学 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 John is five years old now. He is a good boy. He is very clever and can read very well. But he can’t tell the right time by clock. He doesn’t say eight o’clock in the morning, twelve o’clock or four o’clock in the afternoon. He always says “breakfast time” for eight o’clock in the morning, “lunch time” for twelve o’clock and “tea-time’’ for four o’clock in the afternoon. His mother wants to teach him to know the time by clock. “Can you count, John?” his mother asks him. “Yes. Let me count for you. One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and twelve…” “That’s good, John. Now let me tell you to say the time. Now, look! I put the long hand(指针) on twelve and the short hand on one. That is one o’clock. If I put the short on two, that’s two o’clock. Do you know?” 105 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 34 “Yes, I do.” John tells his mother. “Good. If I put the short hand on four, what’s that?” his mother asks and really puts the short one on four. “Tea-time, Mum. And I am hungry.” (    ) 1. The first paragraph(段落) mainly tells us         . A. John can’t tell time B. John is not a good boy C. John can’t say any words D. John wants to learn some words (    ) 2. What does John always say for eight o’clock in the morning? A. breakfast time B. lunch time C. tea time D. dinner time (    ) 3. Which of the following is right? A. John is a six-year-old boy. B. He always says “lunch time” for eleven o’clock. C. John’s mother doesn’t want to teach him to know the time by clock. D. John can’t tell the right time by clock. (    ) 4. What’s the Chinese meaning of the underlined word “count”? A. 计算 B. 倒计 C. 数数 D. 加减 (    ) 5. Which of the following is the main idea of the passage? A. John can’t count numbers. B. John likes tea-time. C. It’s not easy for John to tell time. D. John’s mother can’t teach. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. uniform /'ju:nɪfɔ:m/ n.  制服 2. private /'praɪvət/ adj.  私立的 3. spend time on…  在……花费时间 4. dress rules  着装规则 5. for example  例如 6. monkey /'mʌŋki/ n.  猴子 7. Thailand /'taɪlænd/ n.  泰国 8. welcome /'welkəm/ v.  欢迎 9. clock /klɒk/ n.  钟表 10. count /kaʊnt/ v.  数数 11. hand /hænd/ n.  （表）指针 12. hungry /'hʌŋɡri/ adj.  饥饿的 106 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 35 ▲ A. 世界上最长的铁路 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Do you like taking a train? The Trans-Siberian Railway     1    the world’s longest railway line. It is one hundred     2    old this year. The railway goes from Moscow to Vladivostok. It     3    across the Siberian area(西伯利亚地区) of Russia. To finish the trip, people need to     4    a week on the train. They will go through seven time zones(时区) and travel 9,280km! During the trip, you will     5    beautiful forests, mountains and lakes. For example, Lake Baikal has     6    name of “the Pearl(珍珠) of Siberia”. You can also see     7    historical sites(历史遗迹). The great Kremlin(克里姆林宫), for example,     8    in Kazan. It is one of the World Heritage Sites(世界遗产). But the view is not the only fun. One can meet people and make     9    during the train trip. This might be the most     10    part of the longest railway. (    ) 1. A. is B. sounds C. are D. looks (    ) 2. A. year B. years C. month D. months (    ) 3. A. go B. flies C. goes D. run (    ) 4. A. live B. sleep C. lie D. spend (    ) 5. A. watch B. see C. look at D. listen to (    ) 6. A. one B. a C. other D. another (    ) 7. A. many B. much C. a lot D. few (    ) 8. A. standing B. lying C. stands D. lie (    ) 9. A. friends B. faces C. photos D. friend (    ) 10. A. excited B. boring C. exciting D. interested B. 魅力上海 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Shanghai is one of the largest cities in the world. If you like sightseeing(观光), you will love it. 107 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 35 People’s Square People’s Square is in the centre of Shanghai. It is in a large public area with green grass, fountains(喷泉) and birds. If you visit People’s Square, you can also see famous buildings around it, such as the Shanghai Grand Theatre and the Shanghai Museum. The Bund(外滩) The Bund is where old Shanghai meets new Shanghai. If you walk along the Bund, you will see many old and interesting buildings. The Pudong New Area is just across the Huangpu River. It has many modern and beautiful buildings. At night, these tall buildings light up the sky in every direction. (    ) 1. The article talks about some         in Shanghai. A. places of interest B. people C. animals zoos D. parks (    ) 2. How many places of interest does the article talk about? A. 1. B. 2. C. 3. D. 4. (    ) 3. You can’t see         around the People’s Square. A. B. C. D. (    ) 4. When we walk along the Bund, we can see         . A. a square B. many modern buildings C. a garden D. many old buildings (    ) 5. The Pudong New Area is across         . A. a river B. a building C. a park D. a museum C. 电子书包 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 Is your schoolbag too heavy to carry? The e-schoolbag will help you. It is said that e-schoolbags are put into use in many Chinese schools. In fact, the e-schoolbags may be called an e-textbook. It is a small computer for students to use in a classroom. Heavy schoolbags have long been a serious problem for them. But the e-schoolbag will change everything. It is much lighter than a usual schoolbag. Also, it is as small as a usual book, but it can still hold all the things for study, such as a textbook, an exercise book, 108 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 pencil boxes and so on. They can be made into chips that are as small as stamps. The students can read the text page by turning the page on the screen(屏幕), take notes, or even send e-mails to their teachers. All they have to do is to put the right chip into the e-schoolbag and press a button. Some people say that e-textbooks can be easily broken; some others say it is not good to students’ eyes. But do you like an e-schoolbag? 1. What is an e-schoolbag or e-textbook?                                                                           2. What is always a serious problem for Chinese students?                                                                           3. Which is much lighter, a usual schoolbag or an e-schoolbag?                                                                           4. How can the students read the text page of an e-schoolbag?                                                                           5. What do you have to put into the e-schoolbag if you want to use it?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. railway /'reɪlweɪ/ n.  铁路 2. time zone  时区 3. forest /'fɒrɪst/ n.  森林 4. sightseeing /'saɪtsi:ɪŋ/ n.  观光 5. square /skweə(r)/ n.  广场 6. in the center of  在……中心 7. fountain /'faʊntən/ n.  喷泉 8. modern /'mɒdn/ adj.  现代的 9. in every direction  四面八方 10. light up  照亮 11. place of interest  名胜 12. put…into use  利用…… 13. serious /'sɪəriəs/ adj.  严重的 14. chip /tʃɪp/ n.  芯片 15. screen /skri:n/ n.  屏幕 16. button /'bʌtn/ n.  按钮，扣子 109 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 36 ▲ Unit 36 ▲ A. 掉在地上的食物能吃吗？ 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         quickly      people      drink      first      them      dirty         food        on          eat        bad      rule        clean A piece of cake falls on the floor. Can you still eat it? In many countries,     1    follow the “5-seconds(秒) rule”. Food is okay to     2    if you pick it up in five seconds or less. But is that true?     3    , if your food is sticky(黏黏的) or wet, it is not okay to pick it up and eat it. For example, a sticky piece of candy or watermelon. Such food can     4    become dirty. Second, if the     5    falls somewhere dirty, it is not okay to pick it up and eat it. For example, if the food falls     6    a cutting board(案板) or the ground outside. Cutting boards aren’t usually     7    . But people use     8    to cut raw(生的) food. There can be     9    bacteria(细菌) on cutting boards. Is this too much to remember? Then just follow this     10    : When in doubt(疑问), throw it away. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 网上活动调查 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Internet Activities About 63% of American adults go online. That is about 128 million(百万) people. Here are many kinds of things they do on the Internet. Send e-mails 93% Search for information 78% Check the weather 75% Get news 72% 110 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Buy things 65% Play games 39% Listen to music 34% Talk to friends 25% (    ) 1. How many kinds of things do the American adults do on the Internet in the form? A. 6. B. 7. C. 8. D. 9. (    ) 2. This form is about         of American people. A. the weekend activities B. the holiday plans C. the Internet activities D. the part-time jobs (    ) 3. How many American adults go online? A. 80 million. B. 63 million. C. 200 million. D. 128 million. (    ) 4. American adults like to use the Internet to         best. A. send e-mails B. play games C. listen to music D. talk to friends (    ) 5.         of the American adults get news on the Internet. A. 75% B. 72% C. 65% D. 39% C. 外星人造访 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 It’s Monday today. Jim gets up very early and he finds some changes in his house. He looks around carefully and he sees that: ◆ The big tree is on the right side of the house, but now it’s on the left. ◆ There is a dog house in the corner of the yard, but now it’s gone. Where is the dog house? ◆ The green clock in his bedroom changes into a yellow one. “Mom! Mom! An alien(外星人) changes our house!” Jim runs to his mom and says. Mom is cleaning the living room. She’s not surprised(惊讶的) at all. “Oh, it’s your dad’s work. He thinks our house is too boring and he wants to have some changes. What do you think of the changes? Do you like them?” (    ) 1. The underlined word “changes” may mean         in Chinese. A. 零头 B. 变化 C. 情况 D. 地方 （续表） 111 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 36 (    ) 2. The big tree is         of the house now. A. on the left side B. on the right side C. in front D. at the back (    ) 3. Who changes Jim’s house? A. An alien. B. Jim’s mother. C. Jim’s father. D. Jim himself. (    ) 4. Which of the following is RIGHT? A. The dog house is on the right side of the house now. B. The green clock is blue now. C. Jim’s mother is very surprised at Jim’s words. D. Jim’s house has some changes. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. pick up  捡起 2. in five seconds  五秒钟后 3. candy /'kændi/ n.  糖果 4. watermelon /'wɔ:təmelən/ n.  西瓜 5. dirty /'dɜ:ti/ adj.  脏的 6. cutting board  案板 7. raw /rɔ:/ adj.  生的 8. bacteria /bæk'tɪəriə/ n.  细菌 9. go online  上网 10. million /'mɪljən/ num.  百万 11. send e-mail  发邮件 12. search for information  查信息 13. play games  玩游戏 14. change /tʃeɪndʒ/ n.  变化 15. on the right  在右边 16. boring /'bɔ:rɪŋ/ adj.  无聊的，乏味的 112 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 37 ▲ A. 万圣节 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Halloween(万圣节) is on Oct 31st.     1    is a fun and scary(吓人的) festival in the West. It’s a festival of ghosts(鬼魂). People make scary things and     2    scary clothes on Halloween. Jack-o’-lanterns(南瓜灯) are very important     3    Halloween. People make lanterns with pumpkins(南瓜). Usually, they make scary or funny     4    on the pumpkins. Then they put candles(蜡烛) in the pumpkins to make lanterns. Kids are quite     5    in this festival. They make special dresses for Halloween night. On that     6    , they wear these dresses and look very scary. They go     7    house to house. They     8    “trick or treat(不给糖就捣乱)” to their neighbours and ask for candy. If they don’t get     9    , they might play a trick on the neighbours. For example, some children might throw eggs at their door.     10    play lots of different tricks on Halloween. (    ) 1. A. He B. It C. She D. We (    ) 2. A. wear B. buy C. sell D. watch (    ) 3. A. at B. in C. about D. on (    ) 4. A. faces B. feet C. hands D. heads (    ) 5. A. interesting B. excited C. interested D. exciting (    ) 6. A. month B. day C. year D. week (    ) 7. A. with B. in C. at D. from (    ) 8. A. laugh B. cry C. say D. sing (    ) 9. A. food B. cakes C. clothes D. candy (    ) 10. A. Children B. Girls C. Boys D. Parents B. 减少校园污染 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 In most parts of the world, many students help their schools make less pollution. 113 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 37 They join “environment club”. In an environment club, people work together to make our environment clean. Here are some things students often do. No-garbage(无垃圾) lunches. Environment clubs ask students to bring their lunches in bags that can be used again. Every week they will choose the class that makes the least garbage and praise it in the whole school! No-car day. On a no-car day, nobody comes to school in a car—neither the students nor the teachers! Cars give pollution to our air. Use your legs! It’s lots of fun! Turn off the water! Do you know that washrooms can waste twenty to forty tons of water an hour? In a year, that would fill a small river! In environment clubs, students repair those broken washrooms. We love our environment. Let’s work together to make it clean. (    ) 1. Environment clubs work to         . A. help more students B. love our environment C. help people find work D. make our environment clean (    ) 2. From the passage we know the students usually have lunch         . A. at school B. in shops C. in clubs D. at home (    ) 3. On a no-car day,         will take a car to school. A. both students and teachers B. only students C. neither students nor teachers D. only teachers (    ) 4. After students repair the washrooms, they save         . A. a small river B. a club C. a lot of water D. toilet paper (    ) 5. The writer writes the passage to ask students to         . A. clean the school B. make less pollution C. join clubs D. help teachers C. 去朋友家做客 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 Going to a friend’s house is very exciting. It is a good chance to spend time with your friend and get to see where they live. So it is always nice to remember to be polite(礼貌的). When to arrive The first thing to remember is that when a friend invites you to his or her house, you should arrive on time. If your friend tells you to come “around 5:00”, that means(意味着) you 114 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 can be there a little bit after 5:00. But usually it is a good idea to arrive on time. What to bring Often it is also nice to bring something to your friend’s house. This could be a nice snack for you two to share, or maybe a movie that you can watch together. You can also bring some beautiful flowers. How to greet When you visit your friend’s house, you may also get the chance to meet their parents. You should introduce(介绍) yourself to them and they will also tell you their names. But it’s more polite to call them Mr. or Mrs. Smith (or whatever). 1. What is the first thing to remember when your friend invites you to his or her house?                                                                           2. What does “coming around 5:00” means?                                                                           3. What can you bring to your friend’s house?                                                                           4. Who may you meet in your friend’s house?                                                                           5. Is it polite to call your friend’s father Mr. Smith?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. scary /'skeəri/ adj.  恐怖的 2. lantern /'læntən/ n.  灯笼 3. pumpkin /'pʌmpkɪn/ n.  南瓜 4. candle /'kændl/ n.  蜡烛 5. be interested in  对……感兴趣 6. from house to house  挨家挨户 7. neighbour /'neɪbə(r)/ n.  邻居 8. play a trick on  戏弄，捉弄…… 9. pollution /pə'lu:ʃn/ n.  污染 10. environment /ɪn'vaɪrənmənt/ n.  环境 11. turn off  关掉 12. washroom/'wɒʃru:m/ n.  洗手间 13. polite /pə'laɪt/ adj.  礼貌的 14. introduce /ˌɪntrə'dju:s/ v.  介绍，引荐 115 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 38 ▲ Unit 38 ▲ A. 晒太阳让你更聪明 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       mice        name      for          to          it          does          strong      better      careful      more      clever      morning How much time do you spend in the sun every day? Sunshine is good     1    our health. It gives us strong bones(骨头).     2    makes us happy. Now scientists say it can even make us more     3    . Scientists do tests on mice. They give     4    lots of sunlight. After that, the mice have a great thing in their bodies. Its     5    is glutamic acid(谷氨酸). It     6    many things for our body. It can give us     7    abilities(能力). These abili- ties help in learning and remembering things. It is OK to enjoy sunshine for about an hour every day. But be     8    . In summer the sun is very     9    around noon. It is best to enjoy sunlight in the     10    or before sunset(日落). The sun will not burn(晒伤) your skin at these times. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 行为规则 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Family Rules 1. Get up at 6:00 a.m. and go to bed by 10:00 p.m. 2. Don’t talk loudly in the room. 3. Clean your bedroom every day. 4. Wash your skirts and T-shirts. 5. Don’t meet friends before you finish your homework.         Rules 1. Come into the room with clean shoes. 2. Don’t eat or drink in the room. 3. Don’t talk loudly in the room. 4. Turn on the computers right and turn off them after class. 116 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. The word(s) in the blank(空格) can be         . A. Computer Room B. Library C. Classroom D. Supermarket (    ) 2. The underlined word “turn off” means         in Chinese. A. 打开 B. 搬走 C. 冲洗 D. 关闭 (    ) 3. According to the passage, we know         . A. you can’t talk loudly in both of the two kinds of rules B. you may come into the room with skirts and T-skirts C. you can go to bed after 10:00 p.m. D. you cannot meet friends C. 邀请和回应邀请 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 In Canada and in the United States, people enjoy entertaining(招待) at home. They often ask their friends over for a meal, a party, or just for a talk. Here are the kinds of things people say when they invite someone to their home. “Would you like to come over for dinner this Saturday?” “Hey, we’re having a dinner on Friday. Can you come?” How will you answer an invitation? You can either say thank you and accept it, or say you’re sorry and give an excuse(借口): “Thanks, I’d like to. What time would you like us to come?” or “Oh, sorry, I have tickets for a film.” Sometimes, however, people use words that sound like invitations but they are not real invitations, such as “Please come over for a drink sometime.” Or “Why don’t you come over and see us sometime?” They are not real invitations because they don’t tell you a good time or date. They just show that the person is trying to be friendly. (    ) 1. People in Canada and the US enjoy asking friends to         . A. pay a meal B. plan a party C. have a talk D. have a dance (    ) 2. People can NOT answer an invitation by         . A. saying thank you B. accepting it C. giving an excuse D. just saying no (    ) 3. What is not a real invitation? A. Please come over for a drink sometime. B. Would you like to come over for dinner this Saturday? 117 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 38 C. We’re having a dinner on Friday. Can you come? D. Why don’t you come over and see us this evening? (    ) 4. The underlined word “invitations” means         in Chinese. A. 通知 B. 邀请 C. 书信 D. 礼物 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. be good for  对……有好处 2. bone /bəʊn/ n.  骨头 3. clever /'klevə(r)/ adj.  聪明的 4. ability /ə'bɪləti/ n.  能力 5. sunshine /'sʌnʃaɪn/ n.  阳光 6. before sunset  在日落之前 7. loudly /'laʊdlɪ/ adv.  大声地 8. turn on the computer  打开电脑 9. entertain /ˌentə'teɪn/ v.  招待 10. invitation /ˌɪnvɪ'teɪʃn/ n.  邀请 11. excuse /ɪk'skju:s/ n.  借口 12. date /deɪt/ n.  日期 118 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 39 ▲ A. 聊天机器人 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Do you ever talk to your favorite stuffed animal or toy? It will be cool if it     1    back. Kirobo Mini can do just that. Kirobo Mini is a new Japanese robot(机器人).     2    job is to talk and stay with people. The robot is very     3    and can sit in one of your hands. It can tell different voices, move its upper body,     4    questions and make jokes. Japanese car company Toyota made the small robot. They say it is as     5    as a 5-year-old child. The robot’s designer(设计师) says Kirobo will be a good     6    for the old people. It can also keep people happy on long car trips. It can even help take care     7    sick people. The company will     8    the robot in Japan first, then to the other parts of the     9    . Its     10    comes from the Japanese world “kibo” and the English word “robot”. “Kibo” means “home” in Japanese. (    ) 1. A. goes B. says C. talks D. writes (    ) 2. A. Its B. It’s C. That’s D. This’s (    ) 3. A. big B. small C. beautiful D. long (    ) 4. A. give B. make C. ask D. answer (    ) 5. A. nice B. tall C. clever D. bad (    ) 6. A. friend B. son C. daughter D. teacher (    ) 7. A. like B. of C. after D. about (    ) 8. A. like B. send C. buy D. sell (    ) 9. A. country B. world C. China D. America (    ) 10. A. voice B. face C. name D. body 119 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 39 B. bathroom 还是restroom 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Laura is at the airport. She waits for her plane. Her plane is to Berlin, and it is 4 hours away. Laura walks around the shops. After an hour she wants to go to the bathroom. But she doesn’t find it. “Where is the bathroom?” she says. She starts asking other people. Laura says to a man, “Excuse me, sir. Could you please tell me where the bathroom is?” The man says, “You mean the restroom, right?” Laura says, “No, I mean the bathroom.” “Well, the restroom is over there.” He says and walks away. Laura doesn’t understand. She asks a woman, “Excuse me, madam. Could you please tell me where the bathroom is?” “The restroom is over there,” the lady answers and walks away. Laura is confused. “What’s wrong? I need to use the bathroom and they tell me to rest!” Then Laura gives up(放弃). She feels tired and thinks she needs to rest. She walks to the restroom. Now she is surprised. She realizes(意识到) the restroom is the name for a public bathroom! (    ) 1. Laura will go to         by air. A. the airport B. the shop C. a restaurant D. Berlin (    ) 2. Laura asks         where the bathroom is. A. a boy B. a man and a woman C. two men D. nobody (    ) 3. What’s the meaning of the underlined word “confused”? A. 兴奋的 B. 明白的 C. 迷惑的 D. 发怒的 (    ) 4. The passage tells us         . A. the culture(文化) about language B. the rules at the airport C. the people are not kind D. the restroom is for rest C. 读书究竟为什么？ 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容完成表格中所缺信息，每空填一词。 Today we have many ways to learn and enjoy ourselves. But why do many people still do some reading every day? 120 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 First, reading books is fun. You can always keep yourself happy if you like reading. This is very useful when the weather is bad. It is a relaxing hobby, too. You can really become lost in a book. Next, you can read a book almost anywhere: in a car, in a waiting room, on a plane, in bed—even in the bath. All you need is a book! Reading is a convenient(方便的) hobby as it is easy to stop and then start again. Another good reason for reading books is that it is useful. If you read as a hobby you will get better and better at it. This means that you will read faster and will become better at understanding what you read. As your reading is better, you will find your school work becomes much easier. Many school subjects depend on(依赖) good reading and as you read, you learn more and more. Some people say that reading is out of date(过时). That is not true. You have to be able to read to use a computer and, the better you read, the better your computer skills will be. I don’t think reading is out of date. What other hobby could be more useful or more enjoyable? Why do people still     1    every day? Reason 1 Reason 2 Reason 3 It’s     2    because it can     3    people happy. It’s convenient because peo­ ple can read books     4    and at any     5    . It’s very useful; because it can make people’s understanding     6    and help people to learn     7    . It is     8    out of date. It is a wonderful     9    , and it is the best     10    to learn about the world . 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. stuffed animal  填充玩具动物 2. make jokes  开玩笑 3. designer /dɪ'zaɪnə(r)/ n.  设计师 4. take care of  照顾 5. restroom /'restru:m/ n.  厕所 6. confused /kən'fju:zd/ adj.  困惑的 7. talk back  回话 8. give up  放弃 9. useful /'ju:sfl/ adj.  有用的 10. a relaxing hobby  令人放松的爱好 11. convenient /kən'vi:niənt/ adj.  方便的 12. depend on  依靠，依赖 13. out of date  过时 14. enjoyable /ɪn'dʒɔɪəbl/ adj.  愉快的，快乐的 121 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 40 ▲ Unit 40 ▲ A. 风筝的前世今缘 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。         clever      first      usually      sky          years      for         out        bird      away        world’s      make      to In spring, you can see many people flying kites in the park. Do you know we Chinese made the world’s     1    kite? Lu Ban was a     2    man. He lived in China over 2,000     3    ago. He made a bamboo(竹子) bird. The     4    could fly for three days. This was the first kite. Later, people began to     5    paper kites. People     6    fly kites during Qingming Festival. When the kites are high in the     7    , some people cut the kites’ strings(线). The kites will fly     8    . They will take bad luck(运气) with them, many people think. Weifang is in Shandong Province. It is the     9    kite capital. Every April, people from all over the world go there     10    the Kite Festival. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 生活服务信息 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 For Sale(出售) One-bedroom apartment It’s near No. 1 High School. There is a park, a library and a supermarket near here. Right price. Tel: 86825044 Time: 10:00 a.m. — 4:00 p.m. City English Center Good English teachers give classes from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. on weekends. Classes are ¥50 an hour. Please call Lisa at 53545156 on weekdays. Time: 9:00 a.m. — 4:00 p.m. 122 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 For Rent One hundred bikes. All bikes are new and colorful. It’s near the Center Hospital. Ten yuan a day. Call Mr. Li at 33843535 every day. Found A black cellphone on the playground on Monday evening. See Lin Tao in Class 4, Grade 7. Room 518, Building B. (    ) 1. You can buy         by calling 86825044. A. a bike B. an MP4 C. an apartment D. a bag (    ) 2. If you want to learn English on Saturday, it’ll cost you         a day. A. ¥50 B. ¥100 C. ¥150 D. ¥200 (    ) 3. If you want to rent a bike, you should call         . A. Mr. Li B. Lisa C. Lin Tao D. Mrs. Li (    ) 4. Lin Tao         a black cellphone. A. has B. found C. lost D. knew (    ) 5. Which of the following is NOT true? A. The apartment for sale has only one bedroom. B. You can call Lisa at 53545156 on Sunday. C. Lin Tao lives in Room 518, Building B. D. You can rent a bike for ten yuan a day. C. 儿童与音乐 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Music is part of children’s life. Even at an early age children move their hands when they hear music. Children from 18 months old to 3 years old like short songs. They can remember only a few words at a time. Singing songs encourages(鼓励) the use of words. Many little children sing to themselves as they play. Older children dance to their favorite music. And some of them use music to make friends and share feelings. For most children, singing is like talking. Children learn to sing like they learn to talk. You will not have to teach the children how to sing. If you feel good about your music, try to 123 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 40 teach them carefully. That will help them to learn how to work with others and learn better. Teaching them how to play musical instruments(乐器) will help them to be more confident (自信的). People use music in plays, on televisions and in movies. Music can help teach about culture. It can also help teach children. (    ) 1. Children from         like short songs a lot. A. eighteen months old to three years old B. eighteen months old to six years old C. three months old to eighteen years old D. three months old to six years old (    ) 2. Singing songs is like         for most children. A. listening B. watching C. reading D. talking (    ) 3. Teaching children how to play musical instruments can help them         . A. work better with others B. learn something better C. be more confident D. sing songs well (    ) 4. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. People can use music in many ways. B. Music can help children make friends. C. Music can help teach children about culture. D. All children must learn how to listen to music. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. fly a kite  放风筝 2. string /strɪŋ/ n.  绳子 3. luck /lʌk/ n.  运气 4. capital /'kæpɪtl/ n.  首都 5. for sale  待销售 6. apartment /ə'pɑ:tmənt/ n.  公寓 7. on weekends  在周末 8. at an early age  早年，很小的时候 9. at a time  一次 10. encourage /ɪn'kʌrɪdʒ/ v.  鼓励 11. dance to music  随着音乐跳舞 12. instrument /'ɪnstrəmənt/ n.  乐器 13. confident /'kɒnfɪdənt/ adj.  自信的 14. culture /'kʌltʃə(r)/ n.  文化 124 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 41 ▲ A. 电子产品让你入睡难 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Do you often feel sleepy in     1    ? Maybe you should move your smartphone and tablets(平板电脑) away from your     2    at night. If kids use electronic devices(电子产品) at bedtime, they may have     3    sleep. A new study in US finds this. When you     4    a smartphone or a tablet, you are     5    excited to fall asleep. The devices also give out a kind of “blue light”. The blue light stops you from     6    . According to the study, 89 percent of US teenagers     7    at least one device near their bed. And most of them use their devices     8    bedtime. Children should stop looking at these devices at least 30     9    before bedtime, says the study. In this way, your brain can slow down and get ready     10    sleep. You can also keep a diary or count(数数). That also helps you sleep. (    ) 1. A. room B. class C. house D. office (    ) 2. A. desk B. bag C. bed D. chair (    ) 3. A. poor B. good C. long D. short (    ) 4. A. buy B. have C. borrow D. use (    ) 5. A. so B. too C. very D. little (    ) 6. A. sleeping B. studying C. thinking D. reading (    ) 7. A. like B. see C. have D. watch (    ) 8. A. before B. after C. on D. across (    ) 9. A. hours B. days C. minutes D. seconds (    ) 10. A. past B. on C. at D. for B. 生日风俗 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Some birthday customs(风俗) are quite the same in many parts of the world—birthday candles, birthday games, and birthday cakes. But some customs are different in some countries. In China, many people eat long noodles and eggs on their birthday. They are a 125 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 41 symbol(象征) of long life and good luck. Here are three online friends of Li Hua talking about their customs. Linda I am fourteen. I come from Aruba. In our country, children take something special to school for their classmates and all teachers. Each teacher gives the birthday child a small gift like a pencil, an eraser or a postcard. The birthday child can wear special clothes, he or she needn’t wear the school uniform. Lucy I am one year older than Linda. Denmark is my country. A flag is flown(飘 扬) outside a window to show that someone who lives in that house is having a birthday. Parents put the presents around the child’s bed while they are sleeping so they will see them at once when they wake up. Tom I am as old as Linda. I am from Brazil. The birthday child gets a pull on the earlobe(拉耳垂) for each year in my country. The birthday person also gives the first piece of cake to his or her most special friend or relative(亲戚), usually mom or dad. (    ) 1. Who will give Linda a pencil on her birthday? A. Her parents. B. Her teacher. C. Her friend. D. Her relative. (    ) 2. How old is Lucy now? A. Thirteen. B. Fourteen. C. Fifteen. D. Sixteen. (    ) 3. Where does Lucy come from? A. China. B. Aruba. C. Denmark. D. Brazil. (    ) 4. Who should give the first piece of cake to his or her parent? A. Linda. B. Tom. C. Lucy. D. Li Wei. (    ) 5. Which is NOT mentioned in the passage? A. The birthday child in China eats candies. B. The birthday child in Brazil gets a pull on the earlobe. C. The birthday child in Aruba can wear special clothes to school. D. The birthday child in Denmark can see the presents when he or she wakes up. C. 森林迷路不用怕 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 If you go into the forest with friends, stay with them. If you don’t, you may get lost. If you get lost, this is what you should do. 126 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Sit down and stay where you are. Don’t try to find your friends. Let them find you. If you stay at one place, your friends can find you easily. There is another way to help your friends or other people to find you. You can shout or whistle(吹口哨) three times and stop, then shout or whistle three times again. Giving any signal(信号) three times is a call for help. If you don’t think that you will get help before night comes, try to make a little house with branches(树枝). Make yourself a bed with leaves and grass. When you need water, you will have to leave your little branch house to look for it. Don’t just walk away; pick off branches and drop them as you walk. They will help you find the way back easily. When you are lost, the most important thing to do is to stay at one place. 1. What will happen if you don’t stay with your friends in the forest?                                                                           2. What should you do if you get lost in the forest?                                                                           3. What can we do to help our friends or other people to find us?                                                                           4. What can we make a bed with in the forest?                                                                           5. What is the most important thing to do when we get lost?                                                                           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. smart phone  智能手机 2. tablet /'tæblət/ n.  平板电脑 3. fall asleep  睡着 4. give out light  发出光 5. before bedtime  睡前 6. in this way  这样 7. get ready for  为……做好准备 8. keep a diary  记日记 9. custom /'kʌstəm/ n.  风俗 10. noodle /'nu:dl/ n.  面条 11. postcard /'pəʊstkɑ:d/ n.  明信片 12. relative /'relətɪv/ n.  亲戚 13. get lost  迷路 14. whistle /'wɪsl/ n.  口哨 15. signal /'sɪɡnəl/ n.  信号 16. branch /brɑ:ntʃ/ n.  树枝 127 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 42 ▲ Unit 42 ▲ A. 汉语拼音60 岁了 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       many      old            Chinese      new      friend      English          two        shopping      different      you      bridge      words We can use the Chinese character(字) “少” to make different words: “多少” and “少年”. Here “少” has     1    meanings. We tell them apart(区分) by their     2    sounds, or pinyin. In Chinese, there are     3    such words. It is a lot of fun, but not easy. Pinyin helps us learn. This year, pinyin is 60 years     4    . Pinyin is not only popular in China. Many people around the world start to study     5    by learning pinyin. You may say “nihao” instead of “hello” to a foreign     6    . If you talk about Chinese gongfu, he or she will understand     7    . In the Oxford English Dictionary(《牛津英语词典》), there are more than 100 Chinese     8    in pinyin, such as jiaozi for dumpling, zhongguomeng for Chinese dream, wanggou for online     9    and xiongmao for panda. Pinyin is not just a language tool(工具). It’s a     10    between China and the world. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 图书馆借阅信息 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Welcome to Our School Library Our library is in the south of our school. The library is open to every student and the library card is free. You can borrow five books, one CD and four videos—three weeks for books, one week for CDs and videos at the same time. BOOKS You can borrow picture books for children and all kinds of story books. You can enjoy newspapers and magazines in the reading room. You can’t take any newspapers or magazines out of the library. 128 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 VIDEO You can borrow all kinds of video films, TV plays and music videos. You can’t watch videos here. AUDIO You can borrow music audios(音频) and language(语言) audios. You can enjoy listening in the special rooms here. (    ) 1. If you want to get a library card, you         . A. have to pay one dollar for it B. needn’t pay for it C. need to borrow five books first D. need to make a card (    ) 2. According to the library rules, you can’t         . A. take newspapers home B. borrow CDs from the library C. listen to music in the library D. read newspapers in the library (    ) 3. The library has         . A. only picture books for children B. all kinds of music shows C. only language audios D. different kinds of video films C. 快乐单车骑行 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 When I was a young boy I liked to ride a bike everywhere. But as I got older I stopped riding. It can be dangerous to ride a bike in cities in Australia. There are not many bike paths(道). Cars can sometimes hit riders and kill them. It is a big problem that the country is trying to work out. Now I am living in Beijing, and I am having fun on my bike again. I have an old black bike. 129 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 42 Riding a bike in Beijing can be dangerous. There are lots of other cars, e-bikes and people around. I need to be careful all the time. I look for traffic when I am turning or crossing the road. I also wear a helmet(头盔) to make my head safe and never go too fast. There are always lots of other people riding bikes, so that makes me safer. It is a fun way to see the city! And if we all ride bikes, there will be less pollution(污染) from cars. So get on a bike and ride with me! (    ) 1. The writer stopped riding a bike in Australia because         . A. he was too old B. there was no bike path C. no one wanted to work out the problem D. it can be very dangerous (    ) 2. Which of the following is TRUE about the writer? A. He is teaching in Beijing. B. He is having fun on his bike again. C. He has a new black bike. D. He has a new family in Beijing. (    ) 3. How does the writer make himself safe when he rides a bike in Beijing? A. He looks for traffic when he turns or crosses the road. B. He often buys a helmet when he goes out by bike. C. He always rides a bike very slowly. D. He asks other riders to look after him. (    ) 4. What will happen if we all ride bikes according to the passage? A. We will never be sick. B. The bikes will be more expensive. C. There will be no danger in our life. D. There will be less pollution from cars. 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. meaning /'mi:nɪŋ/ n.  意义 2. character /'kærəktə(r)/ n.  汉字 3. tool /tu:l/ n.  工具 4. be open to sb.  对某人开放 5. at the same time  同时 6. newspaper /'nju:zpeɪpə(r)/ n.  报纸 7. magazine /ˌmæɡə'zi:n/ n.  杂志 8. dangerous /'deɪndʒərəs/ adj.  危险的 9. ride a bike  骑自行车 10. bike path  自行车道 11. helmet /'helmɪt/ n.  头盔 12. pollution /pə'lu:ʃn/ n.  污染 130 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 43 ▲ A. 舌尖上的感恩节 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Do you know what Thanksgiving is? It is a     1    in the United States. It usually comes on the fourth Thursday of November every     2    . Thanksgiving started more than 400 years     3    . It began as a way to say     4    to a good harvest(丰收). It is a chance for     5    to be thankful for their health, family and friends. People eat lots of nice     6    for dinner on Thanksgiving. The most popular food to eat     7    turkey(火鸡). The turkey is roasted(烤制的). People     8    put breadcrumbs(面包屑) and herbs(香料) inside the turkey. They cook the turkey in the oven(炉 子). It smells great. People also eat lots of roasted vegetables and have peanut(核桃) or pumpkin(南瓜) pie     9    Thanksgiving. They also enjoy drinking apple     10    and wine with their meal. What do you think of the food? Is your mouth watering now? (    ) 1. A. holiday B. dinner C. party D. sport (    ) 2. A. day B. month C. year D. week (    ) 3. A. before B. ago C. long D. old (    ) 4. A. hello B. goodbye C. yes D. thanks (    ) 5. A. people B. parents C. friends D. classmates (    ) 6. A. vegetables B. fruits C. food D. candies (    ) 7. A. be B. is C. are D. like (    ) 8. A. hardly B. hard C. usual D. usually (    ) 9. A. in B. on C. at D. about (    ) 10. A. water B. rice C. juice D. soup B. 外出用餐小贴士 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Many young people like eating out, but do you know how to eat out and eat healthy? 131 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 43 Here is some good advice: When you are eating out in a restaurant or a snack bar, don’t have too many soft drinks. Soft drinks not only have a lot of sugar and make you fat, but also stop you from having strong bones. A full meal(套餐) usually has a starter(开胃菜), a main course(主菜), a dessert(甜点) and a drink. It is too much for you. You can share with a friend, or take half of your food home. Choose fresh fruit instead of high-fat desserts. You should remember: salads and vegetables are better side dishes than French fries. Fried(油炸的) foods are high in fat. So, ask for steamed(蒸的), baked, or roasted(烤的) foods. If you are not sure about a certain dish, ask the cook how it is made. If dishes low in fat aren’t on the menu, you can still get a healthy meal, because many restaurants will prepare foods to order. (    ) 1. When you eat out in a restaurant, or a snack bar,         . A. don’t have any food B. don’t have drinks C. don’t have too many soft drinks D. only eat your favorite (    ) 2. Soft drinks         . A. help you have strong bones B. will not make you fat C. have much fat D. have a lot of sugar (    ) 3. A full meal has         . A. salads, vegetables and French fries B. soft drinks, fruit and side dishes C. a starter, a main course, a dessert and a drink D. steamed, baked, or roasted foods (    ) 4. Salads and vegetables are better side dishes than French fries because         . A. salads and vegetables are more delicious B. fried foods are high in fat C. you can share them with a friend D. you can take them home (    ) 5. Which of the following is the best title for this passage? A. Advice on Eating out B. Ways of Ordering Food C. Ask a Cook for Help D. What a Full Meal Means 132 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 C. 海南的四季 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容完成表格中所缺信息，每空填一词。 I come from Hainan Island. Now let me tell you something about this beautiful island. Hainan Island, the second largest island of China, is in the south of China. It is famous for its beautiful scenery and warm climate. There is not much pollution. Every year a lot of visitors come to visit the island. I love all the seasons of my hometown. In spring, people can enjoy quite a lot of sunshine. The sunshine also makes the grass green and helps the plants grow. On warm and sunny days, people like going hiking or riding bicycles in the open air to relax themselves. In summer, the weather is hot and there is strong sunshine, so almost all the local people like going to the beaches and swimming in the sea. Most people just have the chance to swim in the swimming pool, but swimming in the sea is very different and interesting. I am not a good swimmer, but I like swimming very much. In autumn, the leaves turn yellow and begin to fall down with the cool wind. I like walking alone in the leaves, listening to their sound. It rains quite a lot. I like the golden autumn best. In winter, many other parts of China are very cold, but in my hometown it is still warm, so winter here is a paradise(天堂) for the young and the old. Welcome to visit my lovely hometown, Hainan Island. General information It’s the     1    largest island of China. There isn’t much     2    . Four seasons in Hainan Spring It is usually     3    . People can go outside by     4    to relax themselves. Summer It is very hot and the local people in Hainan like going to the     5    . Swimming in the sea is much more     6    than in the pool. Autumn The yellow leaves begin to fall down with the cool     7    . I enjoy walking in the leaves and listening to the     8    . Winter Hainan is still     9    even in winter, so winter here is a paradise for both the young and the     10    . 133 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 43 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. harvest /'hɑ:vɪst/ n.  丰收 2. be thankful for…  因……而感恩 3. turkey /'tɜ:ki/ n.  火鸡 4. oven /'ʌvn/ n.  炉子 5. peanut /'pi:nʌt/ n.  花生 6. apple juice  苹果汁 7. water /'wC:tL/ v.  流口水 8. snack bar  快餐店 9. main course  主菜 10. dessert /dɪ'zɜ:t/ n.  甜点 11. be high in fat  脂肪含量高 12. island /'aɪlənd/ n.  岛屿 13. be famous for  因……而著名 14. go hiking  去徒步 15. golden /'ɡəʊldən/ adj.  金色的 16. in the open air  在户外 134 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 44 ▲ A. 美国的购物中心 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。     popular      many      always      much      doctor      everything        play        with        nothing      safe      time        shopping Like many Americans, my mother likes going     1    in a mall(购物中心) on Saturday or Sunday. Malls are     2    places for Americans to go to. American people spend a lot of     3    at malls. People like malls for     4    reasons(原因). They will feel     5    because malls have a police station or security guards(保安). Parking in mall is usually fast, and the weather inside is     6    fine. The newest malls have beautiful rest areas     7    waterfalls and palm trees. In some malls, people can see a     8    or a dentist, and even visit a church. Children can also find a place to     9    in with their father or grandparents when their mother is doing shopping. In other words, people can do just almost     10    in malls. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 生活广告 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 A Walk Ten kilometers long. Dogs and other little animals are welcome. Meet at the school gate. Time: 7:30 a.m., Saturday morning Want to know more, call Michael at 58555665. For Rent One-bedroom apartment near No. 3 Junior High School. Call Miss Wang for more. Tel: 68252503 9:00 a.m. — 4:30 p.m.  Every weekday 135 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 44 For Sale(促销) Come and buy school things! All kinds of school things! Soccer ball: ¥50    Basketball: ¥40 Pen: ¥1. 50 Only five days, this week! Yucai School Things Store, next to No. 1 High School Wanted A waitress(女招待) in a restaurant. Work for eight hours. Like to meet people. ¥160 a day Call Miss Li at 65433265 today! From 10:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. (    ) 1. They will meet         at 7:30 a.m. on Saturday morning for the walk. A. at No. 3 Junior High School B. at the school gate C. at No. 1 Junior High School D. at a restaurant (    ) 2. If Li Lei wants to rent an apartment, he can call Miss Wang at         . A. 68252503 B. 58555665 C. 65433265 D. We don’t know. (    ) 3. Li Lin has ¥45. What can he buy in Yucai School Things Store? A. A soccer ball. B. A basketball. C. Some pens. D. B and C. (    ) 4. Alice wants to be a waitress. She can call Miss Li         . A. this week B. on Saturday C. today D. every weekday (    ) 5. Which of the following is NOT true? A. The walk is ten kilometers long. B. You can call Miss Wang to rent a room at 3:00 p.m. on Monday. C. Yucai School Things Store is next to No. 3 High School. D. The waitress should work for eight hours. C. 忙碌的蜜蜂 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Look at that bee on the flower. See how it flies and works with its little feet. Ah! it is off to another flower. It is working again. Now it is off to another! How busy it is! It does not stay for a minute in one place. It seems to have a lot of work to do. Now let us go to the other end of the garden. Do you see 136 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 those little straw(稻草) houses? They have no windows and only a very small door. They are the houses in which the bees live and are called hives. Many bees live in each hive. See how many are going in! When spring comes, and the flowers begin to bloom(开放), the bees come out of the hives very early in the morning. They fly away and gather the sweet juice out of the flowers. The bee has a long tongue(舌), with which it thrusts(插) into the flower, to suck up the juice. Then it carries the juice to the hive and makes it into honey. (    ) 1. Why do the bees go out early in spring? A. Because they want to stay on the flowers. B. Because they want to fly to the end of the garden. C. Because they want to gather the sweet juice from the flowers. D. Because they want to fly away together to drink honey on the flowers. (    ) 2. What does the underlined word “hives” mean in Paragraph 2? A. 蜂巢 B. 蜂王 C. 蜂蜜 D. 蜂针 (    ) 3. How does the bee suck up the juice from the flower? A. With its small feet. B. With its clever head. C. With a straw house. D. With a long tongue. (    ) 4. Which is the best title for the passage? A. Flowers B. Bees C. Honey D. Hives 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. go shopping  去购物 2. mall /mɔ:l/ n.  购物中心 3. reason /'ri:zn/ n.  理由 4. security guard  保安 5. waterfall /'wɔ:təfɔ:l/ n.  瀑布 6. dentist /'dentɪst/ n.  牙医 7. in other words  换句话说 8. kilometer /'kɪləˌmi:tə/ n.  千米 9. waitress/'weɪtrəs/ n.  女招待 10. bee /bi:/ n.  蜜蜂 11. bloom /blu:m/ v.  开花 12. gather /'ɡæðə(r)/ v.  采集 13. tongue /tʌŋ/ n.  舌头 14. honey /'hʌni/ n.  蜂蜜 137 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 45 ▲ Unit 45 ▲ A. 密码设置须安全 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 Would you tell others your QQ or WeChat password(密码)? Of course not. But if your passwords are too     1    , others can guess them. These days we have too     2    passwords to remember. To make life easy, some people use easy passwords, like “123456”, “888888” or “abc123”. Many also use     3    information, such as a birthday, as passwords. But these easy passwords are not     4    online. Here are some tips for a safer pass- word. Upper-casing(大写) your password     5    a good start. Put numbers and symbols (符号) in your password. Don’t     6    words you can find in a dictionary. Make your passwords     7    . For example, make a password of nine     8    , with numbers and symbols in it. Then it will     9    someone hundreds of years to work out! Never use your information as a password. Use different passwords for different things.     10    your passwords every 90 days. (    ) 1. A. long B. easy C. difficult D. interesting (    ) 2. A. few B. much C. many D. little (    ) 3. A. their B. our C. others’ D. much (    ) 4. A. right B. good C. exciting D. safe (    ) 5. A. is B. are C. looks D. sounds (    ) 6. A. write B. make C. use D. say (    ) 7. A. short B. old C. cool D. long (    ) 8. A. letters B. words C. sentences D. numbers (    ) 9. A. use B. take C. spend D. read (    ) 10. A. Write B. Read C. Change D. Draw 138 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 海鸟为什么吃塑料？ 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Nobody likes to eat plastic(塑料). Birds don’t either. But more seabirds are eating plastic waste(垃圾) in the sea. Why? Maybe the plastic waste smells like the seabirds’ food. A group of US scientists have found this in their new study. According to the study, plastic waste easily goes with algae(海藻) in the water. Together they give off a smell. The smell is very much like krill(磷虾). Many seabirds eat krill as food. So they could eat plastic waste by mistake. Sometimes, some birds and seagulls(海鸥) eat lots of plastic. They usually find food by smell. Other sea animals, such as turtles and fish, also eat plastic. It is very bad for the health of the animals. Some birds even give their babies plastic to eat by mistake. Every year about 8 million tons of plastic waste goes to the world’s oceans. It is enough to reach every coastlines(海岸线) in the world. (    ) 1. Birds like to eat plastic waste in the sea because         . A. plastic waste smells like their food B. plastic waste looks like krill C. sea birds like to make mistakes D. there is not any krill in the sea (    ) 2. What does the underlined part mean in Chinese? A. 送走 B. 放弃 C. 发出 D. 逃跑 (    ) 3. Which of the following is NOT true? A. Some seabirds and seagulls eat much plastic. B. Sea birds usually find food by smell. C. Sea animals like turtles and fish eat plastic, too. D. Seabirds don’t give their babies plastic to eat. (    ) 4. Which can be the best title for this passage? A. How to Save Seabirds? B. Why do Seabirds Eat Plastic Waste in the Sea? C. Why Is There so much Waste in the Sea? D. Who Can Save the Seabirds? 139 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 45 C. 体验当明星 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容回答问题。 What is it like being a film star? What is it like in front of the camera? Students from Spring Middle School in the US could tell you what it’s like. They got a taste of the life of a star last week. A local movie company wanted to make a film. All the actors in this film were to be students. Fourteen students were chosen from the school. The film, called Ruby vs Wolfgang, was based on the story of Little Red Riding Hood (《小红帽》). It came with a twist (改变), however—the story was told from the eyes of the wolf. Zoe Walsh played a strange middle school student in the film. She thought it was just for fun. She told her students, “Just think that you’re someone else.” But there were also difficulties. It was very cold when making the film. Students had to stand in the snow with icy wind. Lack (缺乏) of experience was another problem. The director Michael Staley said he tried to help each student. Erus Harrington, an eighth-grader, said he played a nice, stupid British student. He had to learn the British accent all at home. “I just learn it by watching videos,” he said. “It makes me feel good after I do it because I’m proud of myself.” The students will watch themselves on the big screen during the film festival at a local high school in May. 1. Where are the students from?                                                                           2. How many students were chosen to make the film?                                                                           3. Was it in winter or in summer when they were making the film?                                                                           4. How did Erus Harrington learn the British accent?                                                                           5. When will the students watch themselves on the big screen?                                                                           140 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. password /'pɑ:swɜ:d/ n.  密码 2. hundreds of  数以百计的…… 3. work out  算出（题目） 4. information /ˌɪnfə'meɪʃn/ n.  信息 5. seabird /'si:bɜ:d/ n.  海鸟 6. waste /weɪst/ n.  垃圾 7. together /tə'ɡeðə(r)/ adv.  一起 8. give off a smell  发出一种气味 9. by mistake  错误地 10. coastline /'kəʊstlaɪn/ n.  海岸线 11. camera /'kæmərə/ n.  摄影机 12. actor /'æktə(r)/ n.  男演员 13. wolf /wʊlf/ n.  狼 14. experience /ɪk'spɪəriəns/ n.  经验 15. accent /'æksent/ n.  口音 16. be proud of  因……而骄傲 141 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 46 ▲ Unit 46 ▲ A. 世界家庭日 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       happily      family        best      pictures      faces      big          but          children      fight      singing      read      sell May 15th is the World Day of Families(国际家庭日). Then, what is a     1    ? Here is a story about the family. I have a small     2    sweet family. When I am sad, Dad always makes funny     3    to make me laugh. When I am sick, I say “Mom, come quick!” She comes to me like a rocket. I can’t grow     4    without Mom and Dad. I have a     5    but close family. Grandma and Grandpa are like old     6    . Sometimes I have to take care of them. I take them to the park and     7    newspapers to them. Of course, my family sometimes     8    . We even stage(上演) a cold war, until the air freezes(结冰). But finally, we end the day with hugs and kisses. I have the     9    family. We love so many different things: reading, hiking,     10    and dancing. But we love each other more than anything else. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 幽默三则 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 A Big Umbrella Nancy: I see seven girls in one umbrella and nobody gets wet. Tom: Oh, that must be a very big umbrella. Nancy: No, it isn’t raining. 142 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 The New Teacher George comes back from school on the first day of September. “George, how do you like your new teacher?” asks his mother. “I don’t like her, mother. Because she says that three and three is six and then she says that two and four is also six.” A Good Boy Little Robert asks his mother for two cents(美分). “What do you do with the money I give you?” “I give it to a poor old woman,” he answers. “You are a good boy,” says the mother proudly. “Here are two more cents. But why are you so interested in the old woman?” “She is the one who sells candies(糖果).” (    ) 1. The three passages above are all         . A. jokes B. e-mails C. news D. letters (    ) 2. The seven girls don’t get wet because         . A. the umbrella is big enough B. the seven girls wear raincoats C. it isn’t raining at all D. it isn’t a heavy rain (    ) 3. How can we get six? A. Three and three. B. Two and four. C. One and five. D. A, B and C. (    ) 4. Little Robert spends the money         . A. helping the poor old lady B. buying candies for himself C. helping his mum D. buying gifts for his mum C. 网上聊天安全第一 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 How to Keep Safe in Chatting Online *Remember that online friends are really strangers(陌生人). People online, no matter how long you have been talking to them or how friendly they are, may not be who they say they are. *Meeting someone you have only been in touch(接触) with online can be dangerous. If you feel that you “have to” meet, you must tell your parents and take them with you—at 143 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 46 least(至少) on the first visit—and meet in a public(公共的) place in daytime. *Stay calm in chat. Keep your personal information such as name, address, telephone number, mobile number, e-mail address and pictures secret when chatting online, even if people ask for these. Giving out personal information cannot be safe. *Use a nickname instead of your real name—a nickname that is not going to bring the wrong kind of meaning. *Tell your parents if someone or something makes you feel uncomfortable or worried. *Learn how to keep a copy of the conversation in chat—this may be useful if you want to report something. (    ) 1. We should think of the online friends as         in our real life. A. real friends B. strangers C. family members D. teachers (    ) 2. We should         if we have to meet an online friend. A. not tell our parents B. meet in a public place C. meet at night D. go by ourselves (    ) 3. Which is not your personal information according to the passage? A. Address. B. Telephone number. C. School e-mail address. D. Photos. (    ) 4. In order to keep safe, we should         . A. try to make real friends online B. tell others more about us online C. do something for someone if he makes us feel worried D. save a copy of the conversation in chat 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. make faces  做鬼脸 2. rocket /'rɒkɪt/ n.  火箭 3. stage /steɪdʒ/ v.  上演 4. freeze /fri:z/ v.  结冰 5. cent /sent/ n.  美分 6. proudly /'praʊdli/ adv.  骄傲地 7. stranger /'streɪndʒə(r)/ n.  陌生人 8. in touch with  与……接触 9. at least  至少 10. in a public place  在公共场所 11. secret /'si:krət/ adj.  秘密的 12. nickname /'nɪkneɪm/ n.  昵称，绰号 13. uncomfortable /ʌn'kʌmftəbl/ adj.  不舒服的 14. conversation /ˌkɒnvə'seɪʃn/ n.  会话 144 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 47 ▲ A. 美国小学生的一天 阅读短文，从A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 What is a school day like for a student from the United States? Well, everyone’s is very     1    . I can tell you about my day in my school. My school day usually goes from 8:30 a.m.     2    5:30 p.m. But some days I have cheerleading practice(啦啦队练习) at 6:30 a.m. I will go to school earlier on those     3    . Then I will     4    to my locker(储物柜) and get my books for the first class. Each class goes for about 50     5    . We only have 4 minutes to get to the next class.     6    is usually at 12:30 p.m. After that, we have some     7    to go out to play. At the end of the day, there is a seminar(研讨课) for studying or meeting. I am still busy     8    school. I will cheer at a baseball game, work as a lifeguard(救 生员) or have speech practice. My family has     9    at about 7 in the evening. I will finally go to     10    at about 8 or 9 p.m. (    ) 1. A. different B. same C. nice D. happy (    ) 2. A. at B. to C. until D. around (    ) 3. A. years B. times C. days D. weeks (    ) 4. A. fly B. go C. walk D. run (    ) 5. A. minutes B. seconds C. hours D. points (    ) 6. A. Breakfast-time B. Lunch-time C. Supper-time D. Rest time (    ) 7. A. ideas B. games C. time D. money (    ) 8. A. after B. before C. until D. in (    ) 9. A. rest B. music C. sports D. dinner (    ) 10. A. the school B. home C. bed D. the bed B. 怎样过父亲节最有意义 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Father’s Day falls on the third Sunday of June. It is a day to celebrate fathers and everything they do for us. But how do we do that? What does a father do? If you ask 10 145 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 47 different families, you may get 10 different answers. In more traditional times, the father’s role(角色) was clear. He went to work every day and brought home money for the family. But in modern families, many mothers go out to work, too. Many fathers even stay at home and take care of the children and their house. Maybe the best way to celebrate Father’s Day, then, is to forget what “the father” does, and just thank your father for what he does for you. That might be walking you to school every day, or helping you with your homework. It might even be taking care of the house. Whatever it is, do something to say thanks. You can draw him a beautiful card, or give him the same gift as other festivals—or just say “Happy Father’s Day!” on this important day. (    ) 1. When is Father’s Day? A. It’s on the third Saturday of June. B. It’s on the third Sunday of June. C. It’s on the third Saturday of July. D. It’s on the third Sunday of July. (    ) 2. The underlined word “modern” in the text means “         ” in Chinese. A. 时尚的 B. 现代的 C. 幸福的 D. 富有的 (    ) 3. What may be the best way to celebrate Father’s Day according to the passage? A. Thank your father for what he does for you. B. Take a walk with him after supper. C. Help your father take care of the house D. Do your homework without his help. (    ) 4. What should we do on Father’s Day? A. Draw a beautiful picture for father. B. Send him expensive gifts. C. Say “Happy Father’s Day” to father. D. Say “Happy New Year” to father. C. 动物大观园 根据材料内容，请从文后所给的A-E 五个选项中给每一段选出一个合适的小标题。 1. Pandas look like big and fat bears. They are black and white. They are cute. So people all over the world like them very much. And because of their small quantity(数量), people all want to see them at a zoo. 2. Tigers are a kind of big cats. They are very big but cats are very small. Cats are good 146 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 at climbing the trees but tigers aren’t. They like eating meat. 3. There are many animals at City Zoo. The panda is cute and fat. It eats bamboo. The elephant is very big and the giraffe is tall. They eat plants. The tiger and the lion are strong. They eat meat. 4. Pandas don’t have many children. Baby pandas are weak. A panda usually eats about 30kg of bamboo a day. Now pandas live mostly in China. 5. Monkeys are small but funny. They are good at climbing. Monkeys live in Africa, Asia and America. They eat meat, leaves, fruit and other food. A. Some animals at the zoo B. Why people like and want to see pandas C. Pandas’ life D. Two different “cats” E. Monkeys’ life 1.           2.           3.           4.           5.           【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. practice /'præktɪs/ v.  练习 2. locker /'lɒkə(r)/ n.  储物柜 3. at the end of the day  一天结束时 4. lifeguard /'laɪfɡɑ:d/ n.  救生员 5. Father’s Day  父亲节 6. celebrate /'selɪbreɪt/ v.  庆祝 7. role /rəʊl/ n.  角色 8. cute /kju:t/ adj.  可爱的 9. quantity /'kwɒntəti/ n.  数量 10. zoo /zu:/ n.  动物园 11. giraffe /dʒə'rɑ:f/ n.  长颈鹿 12. mostly /'məʊstli/ adv.  大部分 147 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 48 ▲ Unit 48 ▲ A. 好玩的水滑梯 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。 down  your  up  fun  exciting  best  faster  usually  say  is  have  are Summer is coming. It’s time to have     1    in the water. What kind of activity do you like     2    ? Swimming is good. It helps you cool down. But how about a water slide(水滑梯)? You sit in the water and fly down the slide. It’s so     3    . Why are water slides so fun? There     4    science behind it. Water is the key(关键). It makes a slippery surface(光滑的表面) on the slide. So people can go     5    quickly. It is     6    than the slides on the playground. Water slides also     7    many slopes(坡度) and turns. Slides with big slopes are     8    very tall. Slides with many turns can change     9    direction(方向) quickly. They all make you go down even faster. That’s the best part of a water slide. Next time you enjoy the excitement of a water slide, don’t forget to     10    “Thank you” to science! 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. “阳光之城” 阅读所给材料，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 May has just moved to Sunshine Town. Read the map below and help her find the way. shopping mall school post office hospital shoe shop pet shop supermarket cinema park bookshop museum library Gavin Street Adam Street Hill Street King Street York Street A E S N W 148 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 (    ) 1. The museum is         . A. between the bookshop and the library B. beside the pet shop C. next to the hospital D. on York Street (    ) 2. If she wants to see a doctor, she can go to the hospital on         . A. Hill street B. Adam Street C. York Street D. King Street (    ) 3. The nearest place for the students at school to buy stationery is         . A. the shopping mall B. the shoe shop C. the post office D. the supermarket (    ) 4. The park, a nice place in the town, is in the         . A. south of the cinema B. north of the library C. south-west of the museum D. north-east of the post office (    ) 5. Start from A, walk along Adam Street, turn left at the second crossing, and she will find         . A. the park on the left B. the cinema on the right C. the library on the left D. the bookshop on the right C. 健康生活方式 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 The way to live a healthy lifestyle(生活方式) is making small changes—taking more walk, eating more fruit, having an extra(额外的) glass of water—these are just a few ways you can start living healthily without big changes. ★ Turn off the TV. Once a week, turn off the TV and do something a little more physical(身体的) with your family. Play games, take a walk… almost anything will be more active than sitting on the couch(沙发). ★ Do some chores. Working in the garden, cleaning the kitchen, sweeping the floor … these kinds of activities may not be hard exercise, but they can keep you moving while getting your house in order. ★ Eating well. A healthy diet is another part of the healthy lifestyle. If you’re looking for smaller changes, you can use these tips as simple ways to change how you eat: Eat more fruit. Add it to your bread, your salads or even your dinners. Drink more water. We all know water is the best drink. But most people, especially 149 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 48 children, enjoy drinks such as Cola and Sprite instead of water. Having an extra glass of water can make us healthier. (    ) 1. Which is NOT the way of living a healthy life? A. Playing cards every day. B. Taking more walk. C. Eating more fruit. D. Having more water. (    ) 2. What does the underlined word “chores” mean in the passage? A. Homework. B. Housework. C. Exercise. D. Reading. (    ) 3. Why should we turn off the TV for a healthy lifestyle? A. Because turning off the TV is a little physical activity. B. Because the TV programme is bad for our health. C. Because any little physical activity is more active than watching TV. D. Because healthy people don’t like TV. (    ) 4. What’s the best title of this passage? A. What’s the Healthy Lifestyle? B. How to Start a Healthy Lifestyle C. Little Changes in Our Life D. Move Your Body 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. water slide  水滑梯 2. key /ki:/ n.  关键 3. surface /'sɜ:fɪs/ n.  表面 4. direction /də'rekʃn/ n.  方向 5. excitement /ɪk'saɪtmənt/ n.  兴奋，激动 6. lifestyle /'laɪfstaɪl/ n.  生活方式 7. a glass of water  一杯水 8. healthy /'helθi/ adj.  健康的 9. physical /'fɪzɪkl/ adj.  身体的 10. couch /kaʊtʃ/ n.  沙发 11. chore /tʃɔ:(r)/ n.  家务 12. sweep the floor  扫地 13. in order  有秩序 14. salad /'sæləd/ n.  蔬菜沙拉 150 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 49 ▲ A. 最简单的问候方式 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。       and      friend      in          first        nice          saying          if        when      times      words      someone      something What do you say when you meet someone? Do you have to say something different if he or she is a     1    or a stranger(陌生人)? There are a lot of     2    you can use. But there is a good word to use in a lot of places     3    it is also the easiest word: you just say, “Hi”. “Hi” is a very friendly word     4    English. It’s also a word we use many     5    a day. “Hi” is the word we use when we greet(问候)     6    we know. It is also the word we can use when we meet someone for the     7    time. “Hi” is just a shorter way of     8    “hello” but it is more friendly and less formal(正 式的). North America doesn’t have a very formal culture. It is not rude(粗鲁的) to say “Hi”     9    you meet your parents’ friends. They just think that you are a     10    , friendly child. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 护眼从自身做起 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Seeing is believing(相信), but if our eyes don’t work, how can we see to believe? Today more and more kids wear glasses before going to middle school. Because they spend too much time watching TV or playing computer games without a rest. But we must do something to protect our eyes because they are important for us to see the world. Love your eyes first. Every day, when we open our 151 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 49 eyes, we can see the lovely smiles of friends and parents, and beautiful flowers and green trees. Without them, there is only darkness. It is like a house without any light. How important our eyes are! Remember to rest your eyes. When you use the computer for an hour or two, it is time to stop to have a 30-minute rest. At school, you need to do eye exercises. Closing your eyes for rest is helpful, as well as looking at green trees or grasses. In these ways, you will feel more comfortable(舒适的). So do your eyes. Have good habits. While writing homework and reading, it is important to keep a distance(距离) of 30cm between your eyes and books. We should never rub(摩擦) our eyes with dirty fingers. Before and after swimming, use eye drops. Eat something healthy for eyes, such as carrots, fish and eggs. (    ) 1. According to the writer, why must we protect our eyes? A. Because seeing is believing. B. Because we love our eyes. C. Because they are important for us to see the world. D. Because we use them to watch TV or play computer games. (    ) 2. How many ways does the writer tell us to rest our eyes? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five. (    ) 3. Which is NOT a good habit for your eyes? A. Keep a distance of 30cm between your eyes and books. B. Rub your eyes with your dirty hands. C. Use eye drops before and after swimming. D. Eat carrots, fish and eggs for your eyes. (    ) 4. Which is the best title for this passage? A. Seeing Is Believing B. Resting Our Eyes C. Having Good Habits D. Protecting Our Eyes 152 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 C. 网站为你分忧 信息匹配：左栏是五个人的需求，右栏是七个网站的介绍，请为每个人选择一个合适 的网站。 (    ) 1. Kim is a middle school stu­ dent. He is not good at math. He th­ inks numbers are too boring. (    ) 2. Bruce likes English very much. He does well in English. He likes reading storybooks. (    ) 3. Ann likes animals. She has a pet cat. At school, she can’t learn much about animals. (    ) 4. Jeff’s favorite subject is P.E. He likes sports. He wants to be a basketball player when he grows up(长大). (    ) 5. Frank likes music. He only has one music class every week at school. He wants to learn to sing more songs. A. You can get animals pictures, photos, videos, and more on our website http://www.national­ geographic.com. It tells you a lot about animals. B. You can watch all kinds of sports in the world—football, basketball, volleyball, ping-pong, tennis and some other balls on http://www.bluesky. com. C. If you like reading English stories, come here at http://www. workpage.com! You can find so many fine short stories. We hope you will have fun reading the e-books. D. There are many Chinese and English jokes(笑 话) on http://www.globalstu.com. It’s good for you to relax yourself after a busy day. E. Is it difficult for you to learn math? Do you get the right ways? Visit this website http://www. Stmathling.com! There are lots of interesting games for students from Grade 7—9. Let’s learn math in an interesting way. F. You can find all the pop songs you like on this website http://www.Ez-tracks.com. You can listen online or download some for later listening. All for free. G. This website http://www.Engzone.com teaches English grammar(语法), words, reading and writing. You can find lots of jokes in English, too. 1.           2.           3.           4.           5.           153 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 49 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. greet /ɡri:t/ v.  问候 2. for the first time  初次 3. formal /'fɔ:ml/ adj.  正式的 4. rude /ru:d/ adj.  粗鲁的 5. lovely /'lʌvli/ adj.  可爱的 6. darkness /'dɑ:knəs/ n.  黑暗 7. for an hour or two  一两个小时 8. do eye exercises  做眼保健操 9. helpful /'helpfl/ adj.  起帮助作用的 10. habit /'hæbɪt/ n.  习惯 11. distance /'dɪstəns/ n.  距离 12. boring /'bɔ:rɪŋ/ adj.  无聊的，无趣的 13. grow up  长大 14. all kinds of  各种各样的 15. short story  短篇小说 16. download /ˌdaʊn'ləʊd/ v.  下载 17. website /'websaɪt/ n.  网站 18. grammar /'ɡræmə(r)/ n.  语法 154 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 ▲ Unit 50 ▲ A. 拒绝欺凌 阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中选出正确选项使短文意义通顺，有两个多余选项。     each other      away      don’t        what        words      stop     how            glad      before      yourself      angry      myself If someone bullies(欺凌) you or you see a bully(欺负人的人) hurt someone,     1    should you do? Remember,     2    use your fists(拳头)! If it feels safe, you can use     3    and tell the bully to stop. Other friends can join you. The bully will know that being a bully isn’t cool. He or she may     4    . If the bully doesn’t listen to you, stay     5    from him or her. Tell a teacher or parents what happens. They will be very     6    you tell them because they want everyone to be safe! Never keep it to     7    . We should love     8    . It doesn’t feel good to make someone feel bad. Sometimes, it’s OK to get angry, but it’s not OK to hurt people because you’re     9    . Calm(冷静) yourself down     10    you say or do something bad. You can take a deep breath or think about a happy thing. 1.           2.           3.           4.             5.           6.           7.           8.           9.           10.           B. 健康从三餐开始 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Judy doesn’t feel well for several days. She goes to the doctor on Saturday. She tells the doctor that she thinks that there is something wrong with her stomach(胃). The doctor examines(检查) her carefully, then he says, “Well, do you eat regularly(有规 律地) every day?” “Sure! I have good eating habits!” “Then what do you usually eat for your three meals every day?” “I have an apple for breakfast and sometimes a piece of bread. For lunch, I usually have 155 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 50 hamburgers, meat and orange juice. I know dinner is very important, so I have a big dinner every day! I always have fish, vegetables, eggs, sausages, cheese, chicken soup, rice and cake. Sometimes I eat ice-cream and puddings. You know, I like my dinner.” The doctor smiles and says, “I’m afraid you are not right, madam. Dinner is important, but you shouldn’t eat too much. You must eat less in the evening. And your breakfast is really not good enough. In fact, breakfast is the most important meal! We need it most! We don’t need anything when we’re sleeping. But we need to start a day’s work, so please have a nice breakfast!” “What should I eat then?” “First, you must drink some milk every morning. Then you may have different choices(选择) every day. You may have eggs, bread, sandwiches, noodles, vegetables and fruit. I think you’ll get better soon.” (    ) 1. There is something wrong with Judy’s         . A. mouth B. stomach C. ear D. throat (    ) 2. Sometimes Judy eats ice-cream and puddings for         . A. dinner B. breakfast C. lunch D. tea break (    ) 3. According to the doctor,         is the most important meal in a day. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner D. A and C (    ) 4. We should         for dinner. A. eat as much as possible B. eat ice-cream and puddings C. drink some milk D. not eat too much (    ) 5. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. The doctor examines Judy carefully. B. Judy has a stomachache because she doesn’t have breakfast. C. The doctor gives Judy advice on her diet. D. Judy eats too much for her dinner. C. 购物在英国 阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。 Most shops in Britain open at 9:00 a.m., and close at 5:00 or 5:30 in the evening. Small shops usually close for an hour at lunch time. On one or two days a week—usually Thursday 156 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 or Friday—some large food shops stay open until 8:00 p.m. for late night shopping. Many shops are closed in the afternoon on one day a week. The day is usually Wednesday or Thursday and it is a different day in different towns. Nearly all shops are closed on Sundays. Newspaper shops are open in the morning, and sell sweets and cigarettes(香烟), too. But not all the things can be sold on Sundays. Usually it is not difficult for foreign visitors to find where to buy things. Most shops sell the things that you want to buy. One problem is stamps. In Britain you can only buy these at post offices. Many large food shops are self-service(自助). When you go into one of these shops, you take a basket and put the thing you want to buy in it. You pay for everything just before you leave. If anyone tries to take things from a shop without paying, they will be caught(抓住). When you are waiting to be served(服务) in a shop, don’t try to go before people who arrive before you. Many foreign people are surprised at the British way of queuing. (    ) 1. Most of the shops in Britain open for about         a day. A. eight hours B. five hours C. ten hours D. six hours (    ) 2. You can not buy         in shops. A. cigarettes B. sweets C. stamps D. clothes (    ) 3. Many large food shops in Britain         . A. sell stamps B. open for 24 hours every day C. are self-service D. close for an hour at lunch time (    ) 4. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Small shops usually close for half an hour at lunch time. B. Small shops in Britain are self-service. C. Most shops in Britain have detectives. D. People have to queue to be served. (    ) 5. The underlined word “queuing” in the last paragraph means “        ”. A. paying for the things you want to buy B. waiting in line to be served C. taking things from a shop without paying D. putting the things you want in a basket 157 ● 第 三 章 突 破 篇 ●Unit 50 【帮你拓词汇】核心词汇，组块记忆 1. bully /'bʊli/ v. & n.  欺凌；欺凌弱小者 2. fist /fɪst/ n.  拳头 3. love each other  相互关爱 4. calm sb. down  让某人冷静 5. take a deep breath  深呼吸 6. stay away from…  远离…… 7. stomach /'stʌmək/ n.  胃 8. regularly /'reɡjələli/ adv.  有规律地 9. sausage /'sɒsɪdʒ/ n.  香肠 10. cheese /tʃi:z/ n.  奶酪 11. cream /kri:m/ n.  奶油 12. choice /tʃɔɪs/ n.  选择 13. cigarette /ˌsɪɡə'ret/ n.  香烟 14. serve /sɜ:v/ v.  服务 158 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 附录：答案详解 第一章  基础篇 Unit 1 A. 写给网友的邮件 1. B。由下文中“classes, students”等信息可知，此处应选B 项school。 2. C。由本句后面“two in the morning and two in the afternoon”这一信息可知答案为C。 3. D。由句意可知，此处表示“帮助我学英语”，因而应选D 项help。 4. D。此处介绍老师的名字，因而选D 项name。 5. A。后一句“It helps me to learn English.”暗示了答案，选项中能帮助学英语的只有A 项 dictionary。 6. C。该句表示“我一定要向老师说声谢谢”，因而选C 项thanks。 7. A。由本句前面的“Twenty desks”可知应选A 项chairs。 8. A。此处意思是“我认为南京是一座很好的城市”，因而选A 项think。 9. B。表示打某个电话号码应使用介词at，因而正确答案为B。 10. D。此处表示“这是我的新电话号码”，因而选D 项number。 B. 不同的运动爱好 1. A。由Lucy 自我介绍中“I have ten tennis balls, seven basketballs, four volleyballs and five soccer balls.”这一句可知答案为A。 2. B。由Lucy 的介绍中“I play tennis with my friends every day.”这一句可知答案为B。 3. C。Mary 对自己的介绍中没有提到“basketballs”，其他三个选项均被提到，因而答案为C。 4. A。由Mary 的介绍中“I have …two soccer balls.”可知答案为A。 5. D。由Alice 的自我介绍中可知，只有D 项与其相符，其他均不符合其介绍。 C. 寻找铅笔盒 1. It’s blue and white. 由短文中“This morning I lost my pencil box in the school gym. It’s blue and white.”这一信息可知答案。 2. Guang Touqiang. 答案出自文中“Guang Touqiang has a yellow hat.”这一句。 3. Yes, it is. 由文中“Two red pencils and a yellow eraser are in it, too.”这一句可知答案。 4. Kate’s name. 由文中“On the paper is my name—Kate Green.”可以找到答案。 5. It’s 688-6942. 答案出自文中“My phone number is 688-6942.”这一句。 Unit 2 A. 让他人高兴 1. B。英语中表示“在星期几”使用介词on，因而答案为B。 2. A。由后面引号内的问题可知答案，应选A 项question（问题）。 3. C。由下一段中的师生对话可知，此处老师的问题是“你经常让别人感到愉快吗？”，因而 159 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 答案为C 项happy。 4. A。由前面的“Yes!”可知，一个男孩回答了老师的问题，因而选A 项answers（回答）。 5. D。此处老师表示表扬和赞叹，意为“（你做得）太好了”，因而选D 项nice（美好的）。 6. B。此处老师的意思是“你愿意告诉我们那件令人愉快的事情吗？”，因而选B 项like； Would you like to do…? 是请求对方做某事的一个常用句型。 7. D。由下一句中的“my grandmother for three hours”这一信息可知选D 项grand­mother’s， 此处使用的是名词所有格形式。 8. C。此处表示“和奶奶一起玩”，因而选C 项介词with（和……一起）。 9. A。由句意可知，此处表示时间意义“当……的时候”，因而选A 项when。 10. C。由句意可知，这里表示“我要回家”，因而选C 项home，此处home 是副词。 B. 家谱信息 1. A。由家谱可以看出，珍妮应该是玛丽的妈妈，因此答案为A。 2. D。由家谱可以看出，约翰是凯特的长辈，但不是父女关系，因而答案为D。 3. C。由家谱看出玛丽和约翰是兄妹关系，因而答案为C。 4. D。由家谱可知，凯特是第三代，因而珍妮和鲍勃是她的祖父母，所以答案为D。 5. B。由家谱可知，安娜和凯特是同代人，属于表姐妹关系，因而答案为B。 C. 多彩的家庭 1. A。由邮件中第二句“I’m happy to be your friend.”可知，鲍勃是玛丽的朋友，因而答案为A。 2. C。由邮件中“The woman is my mother. She works in a library.”这一信息可知答案为C。 3. A。由画线句子之前的“He likes basketball.”这一句及常识可知，画线词意为“运动员”。 4. D。邮件中玛丽提到了自己的“father, mother, brother”，由此可知家里有四口人，因而答案为D。 Unit 3 A. 家乡的秋冬 1. comes。该句表示“秋天通常在九月份到来”，主语autumn 表示单数意义，因而选comes。 2. and。空格前后两个句子在意义上并列，因而选连词and。 3. sunny。由常识可知，秋季一般天气晴朗，因而选sunny。 4. play。由句意可知，这里表示“打篮球”，因而选play。 5. December。由常识可知，“冬季通常十二月份开始”，因而选December。 6. windy。由常识可知，冬季寒冷多风，因而选形容词windy。 7. snows。由本句后面“and the ground is all white”这一信息可知，空格处选snows。 8. clothes。由上文“下雪”可知，此处表示穿厚的保暖的衣服，因而选clothes。 9. go。此处表示“去滑雪或滑冰”，因而选go；go skiing / skating 是固定短语。 10. better。此处表示“更喜欢哪一个季节”，因而选比较级better。 B. 航班信息 1. B。根据题干信息“to Sanya”到表格中可以找到航班抵达时间是“13:45”，因而答案为B。 2. C。根据题干中的航班抵达地“Taipei”这一信息，到航班号一栏就可以找到正确的航班是 “CA189”，因而答案为C。 160 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 3. A。由题干中“from Beijing to Shenzhen”这一信息，到票价一栏中可以找到航班价格是“¥820”， 因而答案为A。 C. 难忘生日聚会 1. Yes. /Yes, she is. 由第一段中“I am very happy today.”这一句可知答案是肯定的。 2. Seventy./70./ She is 70 years old. 由第一段“I am seventy years old.”可知答案。 3. A big cake./ She makes a big cake for her. 答案出自第二段中“His wife Lisa makes a big cake for me.”这一句。 4. Her old friends./ Anna’s old friends. 由最后一段“My old friends Emma and Cindy bring me a box of cookies”这一信息可知答案。 5. They drink, sing and talk about their life together. 答案出自短文最后一句“We drink together, sing together and talk about our life together.”。 Unit 4 A. 邮件回复 1. C。由前一句“谢谢你的邮件”可知选C 项from; hear from sb. 是固定短语，意思是“收到 某人的来信”。 2. A。此处表示“考试的最后一天”，因而选A 项the；序数词之前应使用定冠词the。 3. B。由后一句“but the other exams are…”这一信息可知，此处指“数学考试”，因而选B 项 exam（考试）。 4. D。前一句说数学考试很难，此处的转折词but 暗示其他考试“很容易”，因而选D 项easy（容 易的）。 5. A。由句意可知，此处表示“我正在等待假期”，因而选A 项waiting（等待）。 6. C。由本句后面“and to be with you again”这一信息可知，此处表示“我渴望见到你”，因 而选C 项see。 7. B。由下一段中的信息可知，此处指“在纽约过圣诞节和新年”，因而选B 项Christmas（圣 诞节）。 8. D。此处表示“和姐姐一起过节”，因而选D 项with。 9. A。由常识可知，过圣诞节前最有可能是去“购买礼物”，因而选A 项gifts（礼物）。 10. B。由句意可知，此处表示“对于过圣诞节以及再次见到对方很兴奋”，因而选B 项excited （激动的，兴奋的）。 B. 个人信息交流 1. C。根据题干中的“Ken’s telephone number”很容易找出答案为C。 2. B。由第二个表格中“My friend is Alice. She is 8.”这两句可知答案为B。 3. C。由Ken 的自我介绍中“Mingming is my good friend.”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. A。由常识可知last name 是姓，答案为A。 5. D。由Zhang Lei 的自我介绍中“And my phone number is 837-9837.”这一句可知答案为D； 其他选项均与表格中的信息不符。 161 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 C. 珍妮的生日聚会 1. B。由短文首句“December 17th is Jenny’s fifteenth birthday.”可知答案为B。 2. C。由第二段中“The girls are very happy, and they are singing and dancing. Jenny is happy, too. She dances…”可知，在生日聚会上唱歌跳舞的是珍妮和她的朋友们，因而答案为C。 3. B。由文中“Jenny is happy, too. She dances and sings many songs in a sweet voice.”这一信息 可以推断，珍妮是一个“外向的女孩”，因而答案为B。 4. A。由常识及文中多次提到的“happy”这一信息可知答案为A。 5. D。第二段中提到妈妈为女儿的生日聚会准备了“蛋糕、水果和饼干”，因而答案为D 项。 Unit 5 A. “聪明”的卡尔 1. B。由前一句“Carl is seven years old now”以及后一句“She is five years old.”可知，此处 应该指卡尔的妹妹，因而选B 项sister。 2. C。此处句意是“今天是奶奶的生日”，因而选C 项It’s，是“It is”的缩写。 3. C。由句意可知，妈妈带两个孩子去奶奶家，因而选C 项takes。 4. D。由空格后hour（小时）为单数形式可知此处表示“孩子们玩了一个小时”；hour 一词的 发音以元音音素开头，故不定冠词应填an，故选D 项。 5. A。表示具体的时刻点“在五点半”应使用介词at，因而正确答案是A。 6. B。由“过生日、餐厅”这些信息及常识可知，应选B 项clean（干净的）。 7. D。此处语境是奶奶让卡尔切蛋糕，因而选D 项knife（刀子）符合语境。 8. B。由句中前面的信息“Like a gentleman（像绅士那样）”可以猜测，奶奶的意思是让卡尔 把蛋糕切开，并把较大的那块给别人，因而选B 项bigger。 9. C。由句意可知，此处应表示“卡尔思考了一下奶奶的话”，因而选C 项words（话）。 10. A。由句意可知，此处语境为卡尔让妹妹来切蛋糕，因而选A 项cut。 B. 米莉的课程表 1. A。由题干中“Millie’s favorite subjects are Art and Music”这一信息可知她最喜欢音乐和美术， 而根据课表信息，只有星期一既有音乐课也有美术课，因而答案为A。 2. B。午餐之前的上课时间是“10:55”，而午餐之后的上课时间是“14:00”，由此可知午饭时 间应选B。 3. C。由课程表中“Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri”这些信息可知，学生每周上5 天课，因而答案为C。 4. D。由课程表中的课程信息可知，学生在星期二和星期五这两天上电脑课，因而答案为D。 5. A。根据题干中的关键信息“morning exercises”到课程表中TIME 之下去查找时间信息， 并由表格上面的一段文字可知，每节课45 分钟，并每节课后有10 分钟的休息时间。而早 上第二节课于8:55 开始、9:40 下课；在下一节课10:00 开始之前，有20 分钟的时间，这 个时间既包括10 分钟的休息时间，又包括“Morning exercises”，由此可推断“Morning Exercises”的时间是10 分钟，答案为A。 C. 旅游信息 1. No./ No, it isn’t. 由该旅游信息表中的“East China（华东）=Shanghai, Suzhou, Hangzhou, 162 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Wuxi & Nanjing”可知，大连不属于中国东部。 2. On January 7th. 由旅游信息中“Chengdu 3 days”可知答案。 3. By train. 由旅游信息中“Jinggang Mountains 4 days, by train”这一信息可知答案。 4. ¥4800./ 4800 yuan. 由“East China”这一旅游项目的费用为 ¥2,400 可知两人出游应付4800 元。 5. My (The) ID card./ID cards. 答案出自表格内最后“Please remember your ID card( 身份证) must be taken if you want to join us!”这一句。 Unit 6 A. 令人自豪的长城 1. like。此处表示“长城像一条龙”，因而填介词like（像……）。 2. How。由后一句意思可知，此处问“长城有多长”，因而填How。 3. answer。前一句询问“长城有多长”，因而这里应填answer（答案）。 4. the。“长城”这类专有名词，其前面应使用定冠词the。 5. old。该句意思是“长城最古老的部分有2000 多年的历史”，因而填形容词old。 6. is。句子的主语“wall”是单数形式，因而填is。 7. long。由句意可知，此处指“长城的长度”，因而填形容词long。 8. shorter。由后面的“and shorter”可知填shorter，此处表示“越来越短”。 9. wind。该句表示长城变短的原因，因而填wind 符合常理。 10. our。前一句提到“长城在过去保护过我们”，本句则表示“现在长城需要我们的保护”，因 而填形容词性物主代词our。 B. 这样使用新书包 1. A。由文中“I’m Bob. I pack ( 装满) it every day.”可知答案为A。 2. B。由文中所列四个步骤可知答案为B。 3. D。由文中所列四个步骤看，首先应放书和笔记本，因而答案为D。 4. B。由文章最后“My cousin is a middle school student. His schoolbag looks cool.”这一信息可 知答案为B。 C. 四地少年忙什么 1. B。由Nancy 下面的信息“Place: New York”可知Nancy 是美国人，因而答案为B。 2. B。根据题干中的信息词“having a class at school”可以找到Larry 下面的介绍“Activity： have math at school”，由此可知答案为B。 3. D。由Nancy 下面的介绍中的时间信息“Time: 8:00”可知D 项正确；其他三项均与表格内 的信息不符，是错误信息。 Unit 7 A. 帮人送信 1. A。此处表示“把信给某人”，因而应选A 项to；give…to sb. 是固定搭配，意思是“把…… 给某人”。 2. B。由句意可知，此处表示“他个子很高”，因而应选B 项tall。 163 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 3. C。由句意可知，此处表示“他留着短而黑的头发”，因而选C 项hair。 4. D。前后两句意义上有转折关系，因而选D 项but（但是）。 5. A。此处句意是“他身穿一件黑色衬衫”，因而选A 项in；这里介词in 表示“穿着……（衣 服）”之意。 6. A。由句意可知，此处应使用it 指代上文提到的“书信”，因而答案为A。 7. C。由前一句“They are in the same office”可知，他们应该是好朋友，因而选C 项friends （朋友）。 8. A。由句意以及空格前的“an”可知，此处空格上的单词发音应以元音音素开头，只有 English 符合要求，指“一位英语老师”，因而选A 项。 9. B。Mrs. Brown 肯定是“一位女士”，因而选B 项woman。 10. D。此处形容词修饰眼睛，只有D 项big 合适。 B. 贝蒂征友 1. C。由信中“My parents are teachers at Harvard University.”这一句可知答案为C。 2. B。信中贝蒂提到她的家庭成员有“父母、弟弟”，由此可知她家中共有4 人，故答案为B。 3. D。由信中“Dave likes English and I like P.E. very much.”这一信息可知答案为D。 4. B。由信中“After school, I often play basketball with Dave at Harvard University.”这一信息可 知答案为B。 5. A。由信件开头“I’m Betty White.”这一句可知答案为A。其他三项均与文中内容不符。 C. 个人信息匹配 1. G。由第一条信息中“I’m twelve years old. I’m English.”这两句可以看出与G 项个人信息一致。 2. A。由第二条信息中“She is sixteen years old. She’s Chinese.”这两句可知与A 项个人信息一致。 3. B。由第三条信息中“My good friend is an American girl. She’s 13 years old.”这两句可以看 出与B 项个人信息相符。 4. C。由第四条信息中“I’m a Chinese girl. I’m twelve years old.”这两句可知与C 项个人信息一致。 5. E。由第五条信息中“She is from America. She’s thirty years old.”这两句可知答案为E。 Unit 8 A. 海外来信 1. B。此处表示“我是一名英国女孩”，English 以元音音素开头，因而选B 项an。 2. C。表示两者中“一个……另一个”时应使用“one…the other”这一方式，因而选C 项the other。 3. B。此处表示“每周上学五天”，应选B 项to；go to school 是固定短语。 4. B。表达“在星期六和星期天”时应使用介词on，因而答案为B 项on。 5. D。此处表示“我们在同一所学校上学”，因而应选D 项studying（学习）。 6. A。由句意可知，此处表示“我父母经常说……”，因而答案为A 项say（说）。 7. C。由句意可知，这里表示“中国人对外国人友好”，因而选C 项friendly（友好的）。 8. A。由前一句“I like spring.”以及本句后面的“too（也）”可知答案为A 项spring。 9. A。由前面的信息可知，此处句子主语“We”代指三个人，因而选A 项all。 164 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 10. D。由句意可知，此处表示“让我们了解你”，因而选D 项know。know about 是固定短语， 意思是“对……了解”。 B. 失物招领 1. B。由表格左上“Lost: My new bike. My name is Jimmy.”可知答案为B。 2. A。由表格左上“My new bike. It is red.”可知答案为A。 3. B。由表格右上“Found; Is this your ring? Please call Betty.” 可知，贝蒂是捡到戒指 的人，并非戒指是贝蒂的，因而答案为B。 4. C。由表格左下“My name is Bruce. Please call me at 708-52097.”可知答案为C。 5. D。由表格右下“Is this your schoolbag? Please call David.”可知答案为D。 C. 迈克的神秘工作 1. B。由短文“He has a shower and makes his breakfast.”这一句可知答案为B。 2. D。由第二段的描述可知，迈克早餐后的活动应包括“练习吉他、穿衣、上班”这三件事情， 因而答案为D。 3. D。由短文中“To get to work, he takes No.17 Bus to the Star Hotel.”这一句可知答案为D。 4. D。由文中“He works all night.”这一句可以直接看出答案为D。 5. B。由文中“he practices his guitar”和“People love to listen to him!”这两处信息可以推断， 迈克应该是一名歌手，因而答案为B。 Unit 9 A. 熊猫便便可做纸 1. It。此处使用It 代指前一句中提到的“这盒纸巾”。 2. eat。由常识可知，熊猫每天以竹子为主食。 3. hours。此处指“四个小时之后”，应使用hour 的复数形式。 4. more than。此处用more than（超过）修饰后面的数量词。 5. are。此处there be 句型中的主语是复数名词fibers，因而应使用are。 6. in。此处指“在熊猫便便中”，应使用介词in。 7. make。此处指工人们用熊猫便便制造纸巾，因而填动词make。 8. first。由后一句句首“Then”这一信息可知，此处应使用first（首先）。 9. they。由句意可知，此处应使用人称代词they 代指前一句中的workers。 10. hard。由前一句“需要六十个步骤才能制造出纸巾”可知应填形容词hard（困难的）。 B. 小伙伴房间展示 1. C。由Alice 的自我介绍中“Some keys are on the chair.”这一句可知答案为C。 2. B。由Peter 的自我介绍中“Where is my black schoolbag?”这一句可知答案为B。 3. C。根据画线词前面的“On the sofa is my dictionary. It’s useful.”这两句可知该词意思是“单 词”，因而答案为C。 4. C。由Linda 的自我介绍中“My ID card and schoolbag are on the desk.”这一句可知答案为C。 其他三项与Linda 的介绍信息不符。 5. A。由Alice 的介绍中“Where are my books? They are everywhere.”这两句可以推测，她的 165 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 房间有点乱，不太整洁，因而答案为A。 C. 泰国欢迎你 1. C。由前一句“I’m David”可知，此处在表示“自我介绍”，由后面的“Thailand is a great place to have a trip.”可知C 项“我来自泰国”符合前后语境，因而答案为C。 2. F。前一句介绍“泰国人很友好”，由此可知F 项“当你迷路时，你可以向他们求助”符合语境， 因而答案为F。 3. D。前一句介绍泰国的食物（饮食很好），因而D 项（你可以品尝各种美食）符合文意。 4. G。该空格前后两句都谈到大象，因而G 项“大象是泰国的象征之一”符合语境。 5. B。空格后面两句介绍大象能踢足球、绘画，因而B 项（他们能干什么）符合语境。 Unit 10 A. 应聘笔友 1. B。前一句“You ask for a penfriend in China.” 暗示了答案，此处应选B 项penfriend （笔友）。 2. D。此处表示“住在北京”，因而选D 项in。 3. A。由本句后面“at the Haidian Primary School”这一信息可知，此处指“我是一名学生”， 因而选A 项student。 4. C。此句介绍学习的课程，因而选C 项study（学习）。 5. A。由本句前面“Chinese, English, maths, science, art, P.E.”这一信息可知，此处表示“其他 课程”，因而选A 项subjects（课程）。 6. B。此处句意是“我最喜欢的课程是……”，因为主语是复数名词，因而选B 项are。 7. C。由常识可知，作为课外活动一般是在“放学后”，因而选C 项after（在……之后）。 8. D。前一句“I like collecting stamps, too.”暗示答案为D，此处表示“我有许多邮票”，因而 填stamps（邮票）。 9. A。此处句意是“我想更多地了解你”，因而选A 项more。 10. B。后一句是邮箱地址，此处表示“请尽快给我写信”，因而选B 项write（写）。 B. 学校开放日 1. B。由表格右侧“PLACE（地点）”一栏中可以看出，B 项（电脑室）并不在其中，因而答案为B。 2. C。由表格中间一栏“Watch two lessons (English & maths)”可知答案为C。 3. A。由左侧一栏TIME 下面的开始时间“8 a.m.”，最后时间“1 p.m.”以及活动“Attend the music party (about 90 minutes)”这些信息可知，学校开放日持续6 个半小时，因而答案为A。 C. 手机短信 1. A。由第一条短信中“Toby’s green pencil box is on the sofa. Please take it to his class­room now.”这一信息可知答案为A。 2. A。由第一条短信中“Toby’s green pencil box is on the sofa…. He needs it.”这一信息可知答 案为A。 3. B。第二条短信的发信人是Jerry，根据该条短信中“I need my yellow eraser”可知答案为B。 166 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 4. D。第三条短信的发信人是Anna，由短信中“The dictionary is in the bookcase.”可知答案为 D。 5. C。由第三条短信中“Brother, I need my CD player and English dictionary.”可知答案为C。 第二章  提高篇 Unit 11 A. 老师椅子上的墨水 1. B。由句首“Tom is seven years old.”这一信息可知选B 项，人称代词he 代指Tom。 2. C。由下一句可知，此处表示“他每天去上学”，因而选C 项school。 3. D。此处表示“学校离家很近”，因而选D 项home。 4. A。此处表示汤姆回家很准时，come back home 回家。 5. B。该句与前一句在意义上有转折关系，因而选连词But（但是）。 6. D。此处妈妈问汤姆回家晚的原因，因而选D 项Why（为什么）。 7. A。由句意可知，此处表示“在老师的办公室里”，因而应选A 项in。 8. C。此处表示“老师在课堂上问了我们一个问题”，因而应选C 项question（问题）。 9. A。此处意思是“除了我之外，没有人能够回答”，因而选A 项no one（没有人）。 10. B。此处妈妈的意思是“回答老师的问题是好事”，因而选B 项good。 B. 我喜欢的旅行方式 1. D。由短文首句“Many people like to travel by plane, but I don’t like it because an airport is usually far from the city.”可知答案为D。 2. D。由第三段中“I know it takes a little more time, but it is safe.”这一句可知，作者认为坐火 车比较安全，因而答案为D。 3. B。由短文内容可知，文中提到了乘飞机、火车和汽车三种旅行方式，因而答案为B。 4. D。由最后一段对开车的介绍中提到“Also you can carry many things with you.”这一信息可 知答案为D；其他三个选项均与文中信息不一致，可以排除。 C. 温馨的蛋糕 1. A。前一句介绍Rick 的工作是面包师，因而A 项“他是个好心的人”符合此处语境。 2. E。前一句说“面包师和顾客交朋友”，因而E 项“顾客都非常喜欢他”与上文衔接。 3. D。空格前一句“It is too late today.”暗示了答案为D，即“如果你们需要蛋糕，请明天再来” 符合常理。 4. B。由空格所在段落可知，顾客不是来买蛋糕的，而是来为面包师送蛋糕的，因而B 项（这 个蛋糕是给你的）符合文意需要。 5. C。由常识可知，顾客为面包师送蛋糕祝贺他生日，面包师自然感到高兴，所以答案为C。 Unit 12 A. 如何听到声音？ 1. how。由句意可知，此处表示“耳朵是怎样工作的”，因而填how。 2. three。由后面的“外耳、中耳、内耳”可知“耳朵有三个部分”，因而填three。 167 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 3. hear。此句意为“耳朵的三个部分协同工作帮助人去听”，因而填hear。 4. see。由常识及下文“We cannot see these two...”可知，人们可以看见外耳，因而填see。 5. around。此处句意为“外耳收集你周围的声音”，因而填介词around（在……周围）。 6. goes。由句意可知，此处表示“声音传进中耳和内耳”，句子主语是单数形式，因而填动词 goes。 7. parts。此处指耳朵的另外两个部分，因而填parts（部分）。 8. important。此处句意是“这两个部分很重要”，因而填形容词important（重要的）。 9. to。此处表示“把声音传递到人的大脑”，因而填介词to。 10. sounds。此处表示“听见周围的声音”，因而填复数形式sounds（各种声音）。 B. 失物招领 1. B。根据题干信息“Lucy’s school ID card”找到第一个表中“The number is 4934679.”这一信息， 可知答案为B。 2. C。根据题干信息pen 找到第二个表中“Is this your pen? It’s black and white.”这两句，可知 答案为C。 3. B。由第二个表格信息可知，发布信息的人是Bob，因而答案为B。 4. C。由最后一个表格中“Your notebook is in the library.”这一信息可知答案为C。 5. A。由第三个表格中信息“Lost: I lost my English dictionary. I must find it. Call me at 634-3369. Thanks. Gina”可知答案为A；其他选项均与表中信息不符。 C. 如此减肥？ 1. B。由短文第二段医生对布朗太太说的“Don’t eat meat or cakes, they can make you fatter and they are not good for your health”这句话可知答案为B。 2. A。由文中第四段“The next morning, Mrs. Brown makes a nice cake”这一信息可知答案为A。 3. C。由文中第四段“her husband eats half of it”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. D。由文中第四段最后一句布朗太太所说的“My husband will be very angry”可知，她做另 一个蛋糕的目的是不让丈夫生气，因而答案为D。 5. D。由常理可知，丈夫看到桌子上的半块蛋糕时，他认为妻子不再吃蛋糕了，他为此高兴， 因而答案为D。 Unit 13 A. “相同”的大衣 1. C。由句意可知，此处表示“非常喜欢他的大衣”，修饰谓语动词应使用very much（非常）。 2. A。后一句妻子建议他把大衣送人，由此可知此处表示“大衣旧了”，因而选A 项old（老的， 旧的）。 3. B。由常识可知，旧衣服可以送给贫穷的人，因而选B 项poor（贫穷的）。 4. D。由答语后一部分可知，布莱克先生不同意把大衣送人，因而应选D 项No。 5. A。由句意可知，此处应使用it 代指前面提到的coat，因而选A。 6. B。此处表示“去了一家裁缝店”，因而应选B 项a。 7. C。由句意可知，此处表示“对裁缝说……”，因而选C 项says。 168 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 8. C。由句意可知，此处布莱克先生要求裁缝做一件相同的“大衣”，因而选C 项coat。 9. A。此处说裁缝做得很仔细，因而选A 项makes（制作）。 10. D。裁缝误解了布莱克先生的意思，在大衣原来被烟头烧出洞的位置烧了一个新洞，因而选 D 项same（相同的）。 B. 忙碌的周末 1. B。由第二段第一句“I’m going to the Beach Park with my friends. We are going to ride bikes there”这一信息可知答案为B。其他选项与文中信息不符。 2. A。由第二段第四句“In the midday, we are going to have a picnic in the park.”可知答案为A。 3. B。由第二段倒数第二句“I’m going to visit my aunt with my mother, because it’s my cousin’s birthday.”这一句可知答案为B。 4. A。由最后一段第一句“On Sunday morning, I’m going to the bookstore with my good friends.” 可知答案为A。 5. D。由最后一段最后一句“In the evening I’m going to watch TV and clean my room.”可知答 案为D。 C. 休闲旅游车 1. A。由第一段“Americans love to drive on their holidays. Usually, the whole family gets into a car…and drives for a summertime trip across the country.”这一信息可知本句正确。 2. A。由第二段“There are kitchens, bathrooms and bedrooms in RVs.”这一句可知本句正确。 3. A。由第二段“They are bigger than cars, but can be very small when you share a bed with your little brother or try to play a game.”可知本句正确。 4. B。由第三段“you don’t have to pay for hotels or restaurants, only gas”这一句可知本句错误， 你不需要付食宿费，但需要交汽油钱。 5. B。由短文最后“Best of all, you are free to go to any place you like at any time（最好的是，你 可以在任何时候、自由地去你喜欢的任何地方）”这一句可知本句错误。 Unit 14 A. 来自网友的关心 1. C。由上一段中“I always have a very busy weekend.”和下一段中“On Sunday morning”这 两处信息可知答案应选项C 项 Saturday。 2. B。由空格前的“go shopping”可知应选B 项supermarket（超市）。 3. D。由本句后面的“swimming pool”可知选D 项 swimming。 4. B。由句意可知，这里表示“打扫房间”，因而选B 项clean。 5. A。表示“外出吃饭”应使用“go out to do…”这一结构，因而选A 项to eat。 6. C。由句意可知，这里表示“美餐一顿”，应使用动词have，因而选C 项have。 7. A。上文提到“星期六起得晚”，此处表示“星期天早晨也起得晚”，因而选A 项also。 8. C。由常识可知，再次去游泳是为了得到更多的锻炼，因而选C 项more。 9. B。由句意可知，这里表示“看望祖父母”，因而选B 项 visit（拜访）。 10. D。由空格后的my favorite book 可知，这里应选D 项read（阅读）。 169 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 B. 食品店欢迎你 1. C。由文中第二句“Welcome to our food shop.”这一句可知答案为C。 2. D。题干中“three kilos of eggs”是解题信息，不难看出答案为D。 3. B。题干中的“only ¥7”与文中“Milk: ¥3.5 a bottle”这一信息相吻合，因而答案为B。 4. A。由题干信息“have ¥60 now”去文中寻找价格信息，苹果4 元1 千克，大米30 元1 袋， 由此可知答案为A。 5. D。由第二段中的“Some food isn’t on the ads, such as chicken and fish. The chicken is ¥20 a kilo and fish is ¥25 a kilo.”这一信息可知答案为D。其他选项均与文中信息不一致。 C. 美国的校园生活 1. B。由第二段中“but they like hot dogs and hamburgers best”可知答案为B。 2. B。由第三段中“They go to school on weekdays”可知答案为B，weekday“工作日”，指除 去周末两天以外的那五天。 3. C。根据最后一段中“Parents let their kids play or watch TV until dinner at 6:00 p.m.”可直接 看出答案C。 4. C。由第三段中“They begin classes at 1:30 in the afternoon.”可知C 项错；其他选项均与文 中信息一致。 5. D。通读全文可知，短文主要介绍了美国的校园生活，因而最佳标题为D。 Unit 15 A. 对塑料吸管说不 1. drink。由常识可知，吸管是用来“喝东西的”，因而填动词drink（喝）。 2. after。此处表示“用完后扔掉吸管”，因而填介词after。 3. Americans。此处缺少主语，应填名词Americans（美国人）。 4. the。表示独一无二的东西时，earth（地球）之前应使用定冠词the。 5. better。由前一句可知，此处表示“中国的情况不会更好”，因而填better。 6. go。由句意可知，此处表示“塑料吸管进入了海洋”，因而填go。 7. bad。由常识可知，塑料吸管对海洋有害，因而填bad；be bad for… 是固定短语，意为 “对……有害”。 8. animals。由句意可知，此处表示“有些海洋动物会吃掉塑料吸管”，因而填animals 符合文意。 9. die。此处表示“有些动物甚至因塑料吸管而死亡”，因而填die。 10. problem。此处指上文提到的“塑料吸管危害海洋动物”这一问题，因而填problem（问题）。 B. 难忘美国之行 1. C。由第二段中“In China, I have five English classes every week.”这一句可知答案为C。 2. A。由画线词后“in the sun”和后一句“But in China, girls only want to get white.”可以推断， 该词应有“晒黑”之意，因而答案为A。 3. D。由倒数第二段中“But in the US, a ‘good’ student also does much for others, and they play sports or music after school.”这一句可知答案为D。 4. B。由文中信息可知，美国女孩喜欢晒黑，因而B 项错；其他三个选项均与文中信息相符。 170 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 5. A。短文主要讲述了作者美国之行的所见所感，因而最佳标题应是A。 C. 你喜欢馄饨吗？ 1. A。由第一段“The food is not only popular in China, but also around the world.”这一句可知 本句正确。 2. B。由第二段“Wontons are like dumplings… They are a traditional food from the north of Chi- na.”这一信息可知本句错。 3. A。由第二段中“In different parts of China, wontons have different names.”这一句可知本句正确。 4. B。由第三段“People usually eat wontons with soup.”这一句可知本句错误。 5. A。由短文最后一句“The most popular filling is pork and shrimp( 虾).”可知本句正确。 Unit 16 A. 我的好朋友 1. C。由句意可知，此处表示“给你介绍一下我最好的朋友的情况”，应选C 项something（某事）。 2. A。此处表示“在同一个班级”，the same 是固定用法，常用来修饰名词，意思是“相同的……”， 因而答案为A。 3. B。由空格后的“than（和……相比）”这一信息可知，此处应使用比较级形式，因而答案 选B 项taller（更高的）。 4. D。此处表示“在课堂上”，应选D 项In。 5. A。由句意可知，此处表示“仔细地听课”，因而选A 项carefully（仔细地）。 6. C。由句意可知，此处表示“愿意帮助其他人”，这里的“其他人”是复数意义，因而选C 项others（其他人）。 7. D。后一句“She wants to be a writer（她想当一名作家）”暗示了答案，此处应表示“对写 作感兴趣”，因而选D 项writing（写作）。 8. B。此处表示“打篮球”，因而选B 项playing。 9. A。由常识可知，和朋友一起打篮球应该是“快乐的”，因而选A 项happy（快乐的，幸福的）。 10. C。作者给对方介绍了自己的好朋友，此处请求对方也介绍一下“自己的好朋友”，因而选 C 项friend。 B. 失物招领 1. B。由第一个Lost 下面“I lost my key.”以及之后的署名Jane 可知答案为B。 2. B。由“Black Dog Lost”之后“Please call me at 903-4765 if you find Nick”可知答案为B。 3. C。由最后一个Lost 下面“Fiona: 904-7725”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. B。由最后一个Lost 中“Reward( 悬赏金): ¥1,000”这一信息可知答案为B。 C. 多变三月天 1. B。由短文首句“A Chinese saying( 谚语) says, ‘The weather in June is like a baby’s face.’”可 知答案为B。 2. C。由第二段中“At the end of March, spring is on the way. The weather gets warm. So we say it ‘goes out like a lamb’.”这些信息可知答案为C。其他选项均与文中信息不符。 3. C。答案出自第三段“If March begins with warm weather and clear days, people should be 171 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 careful of bad weather at the end of the month.”这一句，因而选C。 4. A。短文通过中国和英国的两条谚语介绍了不同月份天气多变的特征，因而最佳标题为A。 Unit 17 A. 酷爱宠物的安迪 1. B。表示“通过电视看动物节目”，应使用固定短语on TV，因而答案为B。 2. C。由前面三个句子可知，安迪非常喜欢动物，此处表示“他写下有关动物的事情”，因而 选C 项animals。 3. A。由句意可知，此处表示“养宠物”，因而填动词keeps（饲养）。 4. D。由句意可知，此处表示“说服父母让他养一条狗”，因而答案为D 项parents。 5. A。此处表示“父母不相信安迪会一天三次遛狗”，因而答案为A 项believe（相信）。 6. B。空格处表示“每日三次”，day 前应使用不定冠词a，因而选B 项a（每一）。 7. C。此处表示“他尽力去说服他们”，try one’s best“尽某人最大努力”，因而应选C 项his。 8. D。由前面几句可知，安迪非常想有一条狗，他擅长画画，由此可知他画了不少狗的图片并 张贴在所有地方，因而选D 项dogs。 9. D。由本句后面“borrow all the dog books there”这一信息可知选D 项library（图书馆）。 10. A。由句意可知，前后两个句子之间意义上有转折关系，因而选A 项But（但是）。 B. 坚果找到了 1. B。由短文第一句“Miss Bonnie and Mr. Chester are two squirrels. They are good friends.”可 知答案为B。 2. A。由第二段中Chester 说的“I can’t find my nuts”这句话可知，他不快乐的原因是“找不 到坚果”，因而答案为A。 3. B。由文中“Bonnie sees a white bag under the chair.”这一句可知答案为B。 4. C。由文中“In the photo, Chester has a big brown box. Some nuts are in the box.”这一信息可 知答案为C。 C. 健身好处多 1. Morning. /Morning is the best time for exercise. 答案出自第一段“In the morning, we must get up early. This is the best time for exercise.”这两句。 2. It means doing things with the body. 答案出自第一段中“Exercise means doing things with the body.”这一句。 3. Twice a week and thirty minutes each time. 答案出自第二段最后“It’s best to exercise twice a week. Thirty minutes each time is enough.”这两句。 4. Yes, it does. 由第三段“You can exercise at fitness centers. They have a lot of equipment there.”这两句可知答案是肯定的。 5. Because friends play sports together. 答案出自短文最后“Exercising can be fun too. You have friends to play sports together at a fitness center.”这两句。 172 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Unit 18 A. 机器人老师 1. students。由句意可知，此处表示“学生们正在上数学课”，因而填students。 2. man。由后面的“...or a woman. It’s a robot( 机器人)!”这一信息可知填man。 3. a。由句意可知，此处表示“一个蓝色小机器人”，因而填不定冠词a。 4. say。此处表示“机器人可以反复说一些事情”，因而填say。 5. are。句子使用的是there be 句型，由后面的“four robot teachers”可知应填are。 6. them。由句意可知，此处介词of 后应使用人称代词宾格them，代指前面的robot teachers（机 器人老师）。 7. name。此处表示“它的名字是……”，因而填name。 8. speak。由后面的“twenty-three languages”可知此处表示“说23 种语言”，因而填动词 speak。 9. exciting。由前面的两个形容词“fun, interesting”可知应填形容词exciting（令人激动的）。 10. likes。此处主语是单数第三人称，因而谓语动词使用likes。 B. 博物馆参观信息 1. D。从广告中“Opening time”下面“From Monday to Friday；On Saturday & Sunday”这两 处信息可知博物馆每周开放7 天，因而答案为D。 2. C。由广告中“From Monday to Friday 8:30 a.m. — 5:30 p.m.”这一时间信息可知答案为C。 3. D。parents 指的是“父母”，再加上Meimei，由表格中的价格信息“Adults: ¥20; Children: ¥10” 可知答案为D。 C. 快乐伦敦游 1. D。由文中介绍的旅游信息可知，Great London Tours 有可能是一家旅游公司，因而答案为D。 2. B。由文中“Our buses run 7 days a week from 6 o’clock in the morning until midnight.”这一信 息可知答案为B，即公交车每天工作18 个小时。 3. C。由文中信息可知，短文没有提到“带游客到伦敦城以外的地方去参观”这一信息，因而 答案为C。其他选项均与文中信息相符。 4. A。由文中信息可知游客可以乘公交车旅行，因而答案为A；其他三个选项文中均没有提到。 5. D。由文中“We have information in many different languages.”这一句可知答案为D。 Unit 19 A. 商品大减价 1. C。通读文章内容可知，短文在讲述一次大减价销售活动，a big sale 意为“大减价（活动）”， 因而答案为C。 2. A。由句意可知，此处表示“有许多大小商店”，因而选A 项many。 3. C。由句意可知，此处表示“服装店门前有大大的标志‘SALES（减价）’”，因而答案为C。 4. D。由下文中“T-shirts（T 恤），pants（短裤）”等信息可知应选D 项clothes（服装）。 5. B。由本句前面“They are cheap”这一信息可知，衣服很便宜，因而选B 项only（仅仅，只 173 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 有）符合文意。 6. A。此处表示“出售，减价销售”，因而选A 项on；on sale 是固定短语，意思是“出售；减 价销售”。 7. C。此处意思是“帽子价格很低”，因而选C 项price（价格）。 8. B。由句意可知，此处表示“每顶帽子1 美元”，因而选B 项each（每一个）。 9. B。此处介绍商店所出售的东西，因而选B 项things（东西，物品）。 10. D。前一句邀请“到服装店来”，后一句应表示“你会高兴的（满意的）”，因而选D 项 happy 符合常理。 B. 游泳池开业了 1. C。由“The swimming pool opening time: 8:00 a.m. —11:30 a.m. and 1:00 p.m.—8:00 p.m.”这 一信息可知答案为C。 2. A。根据“Take a shower before entering the pool.”这一条规则可知答案为A。 3. D。由“Don’t dive( 跳水) into the pool.”这一条规则可知答案为D。 C. 英国的一日四餐 1. Eggs, tomatoes, tea and coffee./They may have eggs, tomatoes, tea and coffee. 由第一段 “English breakfast is a very big meal—eggs, tomatoes, tea, coffee...”这一信息可知答案。 2. They can have a hot meal at school, or take a sandwich, a drink and some fruit from home. 答案出自第二段“School children can have a hot meal at school, but many just take a sandwich, a drink and some fruit from home.”这一句。 3. They are a drink and a meal. 答案出自第三段“‘Tea’ means two things. It is a drink and a meal!”这两句。 4. Between 6:00 and 8:00 p.m. 由第三段中“They usually have the evening meal quite early, between 6:00 and 8:00 p.m.”这一句可知答案。 5. They have a traditional lunch. 答案出自最后一段第一句“On Sundays many families have a traditional ( 传统的) lunch.”。 Unit 20 A. 春节习俗 1. B。此处表示“中国新年有另外一个名字——春节”，因而应选B 项another（另一个）。 2. A。表示“在某一月份”应使用介词in，因而答案为A。 3. C。由句意可知，该句表示“每一年都有一个不同的名字”，因而选C 项name。 4. D。由该句前面“the Year of the Dog”这一信息可知答案选D 项the。 5. A。由句意可知，该句使用的是“There be（……有）”句型，因而选A 项there。 6. C。此处表示“龙是一种动物”，因而选C 项animal。 7. B。由句意可知，此处应使用It 代指前一句中提到的“dragon”。 8. D。由句意可知，此处表示“舞龙的人发出很多喧闹声”，因而选D 项noise（噪声）。 9. A。由句意可知，此处表示“舞龙结束后”，因而选A 项dance（舞蹈）。 10. B。此处指“烟花看起来很漂亮”，因而选B 项beautiful。 174 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 车票降价了 1. C。由短文第一句“Mr. Smith works in an office”可知答案为C。 2. D。由第一段中“After he has breakfast, he goes to work at seven o’clock.”这一句可知答案为D。 3. B。由最后一段中“I usually go to work and come back home on foot.”这一句可知答案为B， 即“步行上班”。 4. C。由文中“The bus ticket( 票) is usually four yuan, but it will be three yuan next week.”这一 句可知，公交车票便宜了，因而答案为C。 C. 你丢东西了吗？ 1. B。由短文首句“Welcome to the Town Park Lost and Found Office.”可知答案为B。 2. A。由第二段“They often leave their things in the park, …their bikes, their keys and their mobile phones”这一信息可知答案为A。 3. C。由第二段“So we have the lost and found office for them.”这一句可知，设立失物招领办 公室的目的是帮助人们找到丢失的物品，因而答案为C。 4. A。文中所提到的丢失物品中没有“电脑”这一项，因而答案为A。 5. D。由文章内容可知，文末所提供的电话号码是公园失物招领办公室的联系方式，因而答案 为D。 Unit 21 A. 丑陋的食物要扔掉吗？ 1. if。由句意可知，空格后表示假设意义，因而填连词if（如果）。 2. news。此处句意是“好消息是丑陋的食物对我们仍然有益”，因而填news。 3. has。由句意可知，此处表示“丑陋的食物同样有营养”，主语It 指代丑陋的食物，因而填 has。 4. food。由句意可知，此处表示“食品专家”，因而填名词food。 5. ugly。由全文内容和下一句“pictures of different ugly food”可知，应填形容词ugly（丑陋的）。 6. many。由句意可知，此处表示“拍摄了许多照片”，修饰可数名词应填many。 7. flowers。此处句意是“丑陋的食物和鲜花放置在一起”，因而填flowers。 8. beautiful。此处指“花和食物在一起很漂亮”，因而填形容词beautiful。 9. like。此处句意为“希望越来越多的人喜欢丑陋的食物”，因而填动词like（喜欢）。 10. good。此处表示“丑陋的食物对健康有好处”，因而填good。 B. 这里的牛肉最棒 1. B。由题干信息beef（牛肉）以及图表中“lunch hours（午餐时间），dinner hours（晚餐时间）” 这些信息可知Beef One 是饭店的名字，因而答案为B。 2. D。由广告中的大字信息“BEST BEEF IN ZHAOQING”可知答案为D。 3. A。由题干中的关键词“lunch”，到广告中“Lunch Hours”下面的时间信息即可找到答案 为A。 4. D。由广告中“Address: 88 Songcheng Road. 282-8899”这一信息可知答案为D。 5. C。广告中所提供的获取信息的方式有“上网、微信、电话”，但没有提及电视这一信息， 175 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 因而答案为C。 C. 不同国家送礼习俗不同 1. B。由第二段“In China you must never give a clock to a Chinese person, because the sound of the word ‘clock’ is like the sound of ‘death’.”这一句可知本句错。 2. A。由第二段“Also, don’t put a present in white, black or blue paper, because they are the colours for funerals( 葬礼).”这一句可知本句正确。 3. A。由第三段“In Russia if you give flowers as presents, you have to give an odd number of them(one, three, five, etc.)”这一信息可知该句正确。 4. B。由最后一段“Don’t take thirteen of anything because it’s an unlucky number.”这一句可知 该句错。 5. B。由最后一段“Don’t put your presents in white, brown or black paper.”这一句可知该句错。 Unit 22 A. 爱车的美国年轻人 1. D。由句意可知，此处表示“当年轻人到了18 岁时”，因而选D 项young（年轻的）。 2. B。由文章第一句“Americans love cars very much.”可知应选B 项car。 3. C。由后一句“So many of them work…”可知，年轻人不是直接从父母那里要车，因而选 C 项parents。 4. A。由常识可知，学生只能在空闲时间打工，因而选A 项free（空闲的）。 5. A。学生课余打工挣钱就是为了买车，因而选A 项buy（购买）。 6. D。由句意可知“学车并取得驾驶证是最令年轻人激动的事情之一”，因而选D 项exciting （兴奋的，激动的）。funny 好笑的，滑稽的；sad 伤心的；tiring 令人困倦的，均不符合文意。 7. A。由常识可知，人生病时总是去医院，因而选A 项always（总是）。 8. D。由句意可知，此处表示“把汽车送到修车厂”，因而选D 项send（送）。 9. A。由该句前面“送修理厂”可知，此处表示“发现汽车有毛病”，因而选A 项wrong（错误的）。 10. C。此处表示“周末花大部分时间洗车和修车”，因而选C 项washing（洗刷）。 B. 一所国际学校的校规 1. B。根据题干中“can’t you do when you are in the school buildings” 这一信息，到“You can’t”这一栏里可以找到“在教学楼里不能跑和喊叫”这个信息，因而答案为B。 2. C。根据左栏中“Stand up when a teacher comes into the classroom.”这一信息可知答案为C。 3. A。由左栏中“Arrive at school by half past seven every morning.”这一信息可知答案为A。 C. 美国的学制 1. B。由短文首句“American schools begin in September after a long summer holiday.”可知答案 为B。 2. C。由第一段中“Most American children begin to go to school when they are six years old.”这 一句可知答案为C。 3. D。由第二段中最后一句“After class, they do a lot of interesting things.”可知答案为D。 4. A。答案出自短文最后一句“So many college students work after class to get money for their 176 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 studies”，因而选A。 5. A。由文中信息可知，美国学校每学年有两个学期，第二个学期六月结束，而第一个学期九 月开学，由此可知他们有两个月的暑假，因而A 项正确。其他选项均与文中信息不符。 Unit 23 A. 我要下车 1. A。由后一句“but some have to stand（有些人不得不站着）”可知，此处表示“有些人有座位”， 因而选A 项seats。 2. B。此处表示“一位年纪大的女士上车”，因而选B 项gets；get on 意思是“上（汽车、火车等）”。 3. D。由句意可知，“门口的一位年轻人要站起来”，因而选D 项up； stand up 站起来。 4. C。由下文可知“年龄大的女士误以为男士要给她让座”，因而连忙说“不用了，谢谢”，所 以答案为C 项no。 5. B。此处表示“这位女士让男士坐回到自己的座位”，因而选B 项woman。 6. A。此处句意是“请不要让座，我可以站着”，因而选A 项stand。 7. C。前面一句引号内是男士所说的话，因而选C 项says（说）。 8. A。此处表示“女士把手放在男士的肩上以表示不让他让座”，因而选A 项hands。 9. B。由句意可知，此处是男士提出请求，因而选B 项will；“Will you…?”是表示请求他人 做事的一个常用句型。 10. D。由句意可知，男士并非要让座，而是想“下车”，因而选D 项off； get off“下（车等）”。 B. 爱读书的德国人 1. C。由第一段中第一句“In Germany, about 70% people like reading.”可知答案为C。 2. D。答案出自第一段中最后一句“Parents often read books for their kids”。 3. D。由第三段第一句“In Germany, people often have reading parties.”可知答案为D。 4. B。由最后一段“reading parties”规则可知，B 项不符合文中信息。 5. A。短文围绕“德国人爱读书”这一话题展开，由此可知A 项是最佳标题。 C. 国家不同，校规不同 1. wear。由第一段中“We have to wear school uniforms every day”这一句可知答案。 2. late。答案出自第一段“We can’t arrive late for school.”这一句。 3. talk。答案出自第一段“We can’t talk in class.”这一句。 4. run。由第一段中“After class, we can’t run in the hallways( 走廊).”这一句可知答案。 5. bring。由第二段“In his school, students can’t bring alcohol( 酒) to school.”这一句可知答案。 6. colour。答案出自第二段“Students can’t colour their hair…”这一句。 7. long。答案出自第二段“…and boys can’t have long hair”这一句。 8. eat。由第三段中“In her school, students can’t eat in the classroom.”这一句可知答案。 9. music。答案出自第三段中“They can’t listen to music in class.”这一句。 10. follow。答案出自最后一段“but most of the rules can help us and we have to follow the rules” 这一句。 177 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 Unit 24 A. 最脏的蔬果 1. carefully。由后一句可知，草莓最脏，因而此处应表示“仔细地清洗”，所以填副词 carefully（仔细地）。 2. the。此处表示最高级意义“最脏的水果”，因而填定冠词the。 3. for。此处表示“对健康有害”，因而填介词for。 4. sick。此处句意为“草莓让我们得病”，因而填形容词sick。 5. worry。此处建议人们不要太过担忧，因而填动词worry（担忧）。 6. wash。此处表示“放在自来水下冲洗草莓”，因而填动词wash。 7. Or。本句作者给出另一建议：或者你可以选择有机草莓，因而应填连词or。 8. other。由句首“Besides strawberries”这一信息可知，此处指“除了草莓以外，还有其他的 脏果蔬”，因而填形容词other（其他的）。 9. clean。由后一句可知，此处指“干净的果蔬”，因而填形容词clean（干净的）。 10. little。干净的果蔬指的是“几乎没有农药”，因而填little 符合文意。 B. 安妮最喜欢的活动 1. B。由Monday 一行中的活动“Play volleyball with her friends”可知答案为B。 2. C。根据题干中的信息词“where”和“practise tennis”可知打球地点是“In the Tennis Club”，因而答案为C。 3. C。由星期四这一天的活动时间“6:00 p.m. — 7:00 p. m.”可知答案为C。 4. A。根据题干中的时间信息“from 11:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Sunday”可知这个时间点的活动 是“Read books with her brother”，因而答案为A。 5. D。由表格中的信息可知，Annie 五天时间里有三天在进行不同的体育活动，由此可知“她 非常喜欢运动”，因而答案为D；其他选项均与表格中的信息不符。 C. 人要有梦想 1. D。由短文第一段开头“It is sunny and warm today. A dog is sleeping.”这一信息可知答案为D。 2. A。由画线词所在句以及之后“takes me out for a walk, loves me”这些信息可以推断，该词 应表示“主人”之意，因而答案为A。 3. C。由第二段中“I eat, I go out for a walk and I sleep.”这一信息可知，这条狗每天只做三件事， 因而答案为C。 4. D。由倒数第二段熊猫说的“So I can show the world that Chinese are friendly”这句话可知答 案为D。 5. B。通读全文可知，故事告诉我们“每个人都应该有梦想”，因而答案为B。 Unit 25 A. 澳洲读书周 1. A。此处表示“在星期一”，因而选A 项on。 2. D。此处表示“他们在干什么？”，因而选D 项doing。 3. B。由上一段中“children dress up as their favorite book characters”和下一段中“spend a 178 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 week celebrating( 庆祝) books”可知此处表示“读书周”，因而选B 项Book。 4. C。由“读书周”可以看出答案，应选C 项libraries（图书馆）。 5. A。空格前的school 提示此处应表示“甚至学校里的老师……”，所以应选A 项teachers。 6. C。句中提到的人物都是很受欢迎的故事人物，因而应选C 项popular（受欢迎的）。 7. A。由常识可知，学生会穿上最好的服装来参加读书周活动；空格前的the 也提示应选择形 容词最高级形式，因而应选A 项best。 8. B。此处表示“教师为学生开展了有趣的活动”，因而应选B 项interesting（令人感兴趣的）。 9. D。上文介绍了读书周的有关情况，此处意思是“这将表明阅读多么重要”，因而选D 项 reading（阅读）。 10. C。读书周给师生带来了“快乐”，因而选C 项joy（高兴）。 B. 如何更健康？ 1. C。由文中五个“●”标志可以看出，作者总共提出了“5 条关于健康的建议”，因而答案为C。 2. A。由第一条建议中“Eat more fruit and vegetables. They are full of vitamins.”这一信息可知 答案为A。 3. B。由画线词所在句之后的“Eat less food with lots of sugar and fat. Eat lots of food high in protein.”这两句可知，该词意思是“均衡的”，因而答案为B。 4. D。由第三条建议中“Doing sports can help us make our bodies strong.”可知答案为D。 5. B。第一段中“How can we stay healthy?”这一句是主题句，全文主要讲如何更健康， keep fit 和keep healthy 意义相同，均表示“保持健康”，因而正确答案是B。 C. 夏日圣诞节 1. B。由第一段第一句“You see people in movies have a white Christmas in England or the United States.”可知该句错。 2. A。由第二段第一句“Christmas (Dec. 25th) comes at the hottest time of the year in Australia.” 可知该句正确。 3. A。由第三段第一句“Because it is so hot, people usually have a lunch outside and swim in the pool during Christmas.”可知该句正确。 4. A。由第四段第一句“The sport of cricket( 板球) is very popular in Australia.”可知本句正确。 5. B。由短文最后一句“Australia might not have a white Christmas, but it is still a very exciting and fun time of the year.”可知本句错。 Unit 26 A. 美国教师节 1. B。由前一句“Teachers help us become good students.”可知，我们应该感谢他们的辛勤劳动， 因而选B 项thank。 2. A。此处表示“美国学生是如何感谢老师的”，因而选A 项how（怎样）。 3. C。由后一句中that week 提示可知，此处是表示“美国学校有一周的时间感谢老师”，因而 选C 项week。 179 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 4. D。由句意可知，这里表示“在那一周的星期二”，应选D 项on。 5. A。此处表示“有礼物和零食的派对”，因而选A 项with，with 是介词，意思是“有，带有”。 6. B。该句意思是“校园里有一些标志，用来表示对教师的敬爱”，因而选B 项teachers。 7. C。由句意可知，应选C 项their 和句首的主语“US students”一致。 8. D。此处表示“教师喜欢收到来自学生的感谢条”，因而选D 项students。 9. A。由后一句“Thank your teachers all the time!”可知，学生不应该等到教师感谢日再感谢老师， 因而选A 项wait。 10. C。由句意可知，教师喜欢听到学生的信息，因而选C 项from。hear from sb. 得到（某人的） 信息，接到（某人的）信。 B. 个人信息 1. C。由表格信息“Name: David King”可知答案为C。 2. A。由表格中“Address: Taizhou, Zhejiang, China”这一信息可知答案为A。 3. C。由表格中“Telephone: 1381002××××”这一信息可看出答案为C。 C. 礼貌和诚实 1. C。由第一段开头“Tony is seven years old. He begins to go to school this term.”这两句可知 答案为C。 2. B。由第二段中“his sister Kate and…Kate does her homework”这一信息可知Kate 是一名学生， 因而答案为B。 3. D。由第二段信息可知，托尼家里有四口人，妈妈让托尼洗四个苹果，最有可能的原因是妈 妈希望每个人吃一个苹果，由此可知答案应是D。 4. A。由第三段可知，妈妈问托尼想吃哪个苹果，而托尼的回答是“The biggest one”，由此可 知答案为A。 5. D。由短文最后一句托尼反问妈妈的一句话“Should I tell a lie just to be polite, Mum?”可知， 托尼想做一个诚实的孩子，因而答案为D。 Unit 27 A. 数羊有助于睡眠吗？ 1. sheep。由前面的“One sheep”可知填sheep，应注意sheep（绵羊）的单、复数形式相同。 2. work。该句意思是“这真的起作用吗？”，因而填work（工作，起作用）。 3. some。后面的名词tests 是复数形式，结合句意应填some。 4. way。此处表示“数羊可能不是助眠的好方法”，因而填way（方法）。 5. about。此处表示“他们大量地思考数字”，因而填about；think about 是固定短语，意为 “思考，考虑”。 6. them。由前面两句的主语“they”可知应填人称代词宾格形式them。 7. a。此处建议“洗个澡”，因而填a；take a bath 是固定短语，意为“洗澡”。 8. quiet。此处表示“安静的海边”，因而填形容词quiet（安静的）。 9. feel。此处表示“感到放松”，因而填feel（感觉）。 10. quickly。由句意可知，“放松有助于更快地入睡”，因而填副词quickly（快地）。 180 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 早起床益处多 1. C。由第一段中“Scientists find early rising people are healthier than late rising people.”这一句 可知答案为C。 2. A。由文中“Firstly, it helps to keep us healthy, because we can get fresh air in the mor­ning.”这 一句可知答案为A。 3. D。由短文内容可知，A、B、C 三项都是早起的好处，因而答案为D。 4. B。由最后一段中“It’s not easy to have the habit of early rising.”这一句可知，养成早起的习 惯很难，因而答案为B。 5. D。由短文最后一句可知，早起早睡使人健康、富有、聪明，因而答案为D。 C. 中国人送礼有禁忌 1. A。由第一段中“Spring Festival is coming. It’s the season to give gifts to family members and friends.”这两句可知本句正确。 2. B。由第二段中“A clock sounds like zhong in Chinese, which means ‘the end’. So giving someone a clock is like saying ‘your time is up’. People will think it is unlucky for them.”这些信 息可知本句错。 3. A。由第三段中“Buying pears or an umbrella is not a good idea either. Both of them mean ‘separation( 分离)’.”这两句可知本句正确。 4. B。由最后一段“A ‘red envelope’ with money is the most popular gift in China. People give red envelopes to show their love.”这两句可知本句错误。 5. A。由短文最后“The number six and the number eight are lucky numbers in China.”这一句可 知本句正确。 Unit 28 A. 中国的夜宵 1. B。由常识可知，中国人一天有三餐，因而夜宵就是第四餐，因而选B 项fourth（第四）。 2. A。由句意可知，此处表示“夜宵从晚上8 点开始一直到凌晨2 点”，因而选A 项to；from… to 是介词短语，意思是“从……到……”。 3. D。由空格前的“in the north”可知答案为D 项south（南方），此处说北方和南方不同。 4. C。由常识可知，北方夏季人们喜欢晚上吃烧烤，因而选C 项summer。 5. A。由句意可知，此处表示“台湾的夜市很有名”，因而选A 项famous（著名的）。 6. B。此处意思是“夜市是吃夜宵和购物的地方”，因而选B 项shopping（购物）。 7. D。前一句提到家长带孩子在路边摊吃夜宵，后一句说老年人坐着闲聊，因而中间提到的应 该是“青年人的活动”，所以选D 项Young（年轻的）。 8. B。由下文可知，后面在解释人们吃夜宵的原因，因而选B 项Why。 9. C。此处句意是“夜宵不仅仅是有关食物的”，因而选C 项food（食物）。 10. D。由句意可知，此处表示“所有这一切使夜宵成为一种生活方式”，因而选D 项make （使……）。 181 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 B. 音乐和舞蹈演出 1. A。根据题干中关键词“country music”定位到最后一个广告中，可以发现联系电话是 8115608，因而答案为A。 2. C。根据题干关键词“Qi Qin’s music”定位到第一个广告中，可以发现演出地点是“The Stadium”，因而答案为C。 3. B。由题干信息“Spanish dancing”定位到第二个广告中，可以找到其价格信息“Price: ¥500”， 两个人去自然答案是B。 4. A。由题干信息“J&M Music Store”定位到相应广告下，由“Guitar lessons offered”这一信 息可知答案为A；B 项错在borrow 一词上，不是借，而应购买；C、D 两项在文中没有提及。 5. B。根据题干关键信息“June 28th”可知与第二个广告“Spanish Dancing”的时间“June 15th —July 14th”吻合，因而答案为B。 C. 愚蠢的人？ 1. C。由文章开头部分“So Mr. Green is surprised when he sees an old man at the bus stop...”可 知答案为C。 2. B。由文章第一句话可知故事发生在春天，天气很好，但老人却带着一把大伞，看到此景的 人应该“感到惊讶”，因而答案为B。 3. A。由文中开始部分“…with a big strong black umbrella in his hand”这一信息可知答案为A。 4. C。由文章开头“It is a beautiful spring morning. There isn’t a cloud, and the sun is warm but not too hot.”这两句可知答案为C。 5. B。由短文最后“When I carry an umbrella in fine weather, people only say, ‘Look at that foolish( 愚蠢的) man.’”这一信息可知答案为B。 Unit 29 A. 不同国家的国庆日 1. D。由常识可知，“国庆日是一个国家开始的那一天”，因而选D 项country（国家）。 2. A。由后一句可知，此处指“中国的国庆日是10 月1 日”，因而选A 项Chinese（中国的）。 3. C。此处指“新中国的诞生”，所以选C 项birth（出生，诞生）。 4. B。此处表示“在7 月4 日”这一天，因而选B 项On。 5. A。由前一句可知，此处表示“美国在1776 年7 月4 日成为一个自由（独立的）的国家”， 因而选A 项free（自由的）。 6. D。由句意可知，这里表示“墨西哥也有一个独立日”，因为Independence 以元音音素开头， 因而选D 项an。 7. C。由常识可知，在国庆日这一天，到处能看到的应该是“国旗”，因而选C 项flags。 8. B。由前一句中“with the colours red, white and green”可知，此处指“这些颜色是墨西哥国 旗的颜色”，因而选B 项colours（色彩）。 9. A。由句意可知，前一句说“有些国家没有国庆日”，而此处表示举例“就像英国那样”，因 而选A 项like（像……）。 182 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 10. C。由后面“not her real birthday”这一信息可知，此处应选C 项birthday（生日）。 B. 龙舟赛 1. D。由第一段中“It is always on May 5th in Chinese lunar calendar.”这一句可知端午节在每 年农历的五月初五，因而答案是D。 2. A。由第二段第一句“The dragon-boat race is the most popular activity during the festival”可 知答案为A。 3. D。由第二段中“…and needs twenty-five people to row.”这一信息可知答案为D。 4. D。由短文最后一句“International dragon-boat racing is held in Guangzhou and Hong Kong every year.”可知答案为D。 5. B。通读全文可知，文章主要介绍了端午节期间的重要活动——龙舟赛，因而答案为B。 C. 无人机送快递 1. A。由第二段“But drone delivery is really happening around the world.”这一句可知本句正确。 2. B。由第三段中“Amazon is one of the world’s biggest online shopping companies.”可知本句错误。 3. A。由第三段最后一句“In China, S.F. Express and JD.com are trying drone delivery this year.” 可知本句正确。 4. A。由最后一段“But the drone can’t deliver everything. Packages can’t be too heavy.”可知本 句正确。 5. B。由短文最后一句“It can only happen during the day and in clear weather.”可知本句错误。 Unit 30 A. 乘法口诀在英国 1. difficult。此句意思是“对你来说乘法口诀可能不难”，因而填形容词difficult（困难的）。 2. English。由第二段第一句“English students…”内容可知，此处指“英国学生”，因而填 English（英国的）。 3. are。由句意可知，本句表示“英国学生正在学习乘法口诀”，主语students 为复数形式，因 而应填are。 4. in。此处表示“在英国”，因而填介词in。 5. students。此处表示“中国的学生”，因而填students。 6. numbers。由后面的“from 1 to 9”可知应填number 的复数形式numbers（数字）。 7. more。由前一句内容可知，英国学生有更多的数字要记忆，因而填more（更多的）。 8. good。由后一句“乘法口诀有助于学生学习数学”可知应填形容词good。 9. easily。此处表示“有助于学生容易地学习数学”，因而应使用副词easily（容易地）。 10. much。此处表示“给学生带来很多压力”，“pressure（压力）”是不可数名词，因而填形容 词much（多的，大量的）。 B. 生活广告 1. C。由第一则广告“Kung Fu Club”后面“Add: Room 212 in School’s P. E. Building”这一信 息可知答案为C。其他选项均与该广告所提供的信息不符。 2. D。根据题干中“Time Band”这一信息，可以找到其聚会时间来自“We will meet on 183 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 Sunday morning.”这一句，答案为D。 3. B。根据题干中“sing，music lovers”这些信息，从Musicians Wanted 这则广告中很容易找 出答案为B。 4. B。由题干中school trip 这一信息可以到相应广告中发现答案信息“Can you teach people to swim?”，因而选B。 5. C。由第二则广告中“Please call Tina at 798-3643 from Monday to Friday”这一信息可知答案 为C；其他选项均与广告中信息不符。 C. 懂友谊的猫 1. A。由第一段开始“A man has a cat. He likes her very much.”这一信息可知答案为A。 2. C。由第一段中“He shares his meal with her.”这一句可知答案为C。 3. B。由第三段中“She has two mice in her mouth …she puts one mouse ( 老鼠) into her own plate, and the other into the man’s plate.”这些信息可知，这只猫忙着捉老鼠，因而答案为B。 4. B。由第一段中“Sometimes, when she eats her dish, the man will give her a bit of his food.”这 一信息可知，主人常和猫分享食物，因而猫把主人看作朋友，所以答案为B。 5. D。由最后一段“She knows what friendship( 友谊) is. She wishes me to share her dinner…” 这一信息可推断，动物能够感受到来自人的关爱，可以成为我们人类的朋友，因而答案为D。 第三章  突破篇 Unit 31 A. 理想的假期 1. A。由句意可知，此处表示“希望去法国旅行”，take a trip to… 是固定短语，表示“去某地 旅行”，因而答案选A。 2. C。此处表示“法国是一个充满了爱、鲜花和美酒的国家”，因而选C 项love。 3. B。由下文提到的“the next day（第二天）；the last day（最后一天）”这些信息可知，此处指“第 一天”，因而选B 项first。 4. D。由句意可知，这里表示“去参观埃菲尔铁塔”，因而选D 项visit（参观）。 5. A。由句意可知，此处指“巴黎这座城市”，因而选A 项city（城市）。 6. D。由本句前一部分可知，在埃菲尔铁塔上看美景，心情应该是“感到激动”，因而选D 项 excited。 7. B。由后一句“I think the food will be greatly delicious.”可知此处指“品尝法国美食”，因而 选B 项food。 8. B。由句意可知，此处指“逛商店给朋友和家人买礼物”，因而选B 项gifts（礼物）。 9. C。此处表示“乘飞机返回”，因而选C 项by。 10. C。此处句意是“这次法国之行将是我最棒的经历之一”，因而选C 项one；one of… 是固定 表达方式，意思是“……中之一”。 184 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 B. 少年追梦 1. A。由第二个表格中“I want to invent a language ( 语言) machine ( 机器) that can help me understand many languages.”这一句可知答案为A。 2. A。由第三个表格中“But now I want to be a doctor in the future.”可知答案为A。 3. C。由第四个表格中“Joma, Tibet”可知Joma 来自西藏，因而答案为C。 4. A。由第四个表格中“The Qinghai-Tibet Railway is really great. I’ll be able to reach Beijing by train in about 48 hours.”这一信息可知答案为A。 5. B。表格中五位少年的自我介绍分别谈到了自己的梦想，由此可知最佳标题为B 项。 C. 让冰旅馆夏天不融化 1. A。由第一段中“There is a very small village in Sweden. In the village there is a cool hotel…It is made of snow and ice.”这些信息可知本句正确。 2. B。由第二段中“This year the ICEHOTEL has a new wing( 侧厅)…can stay open for the whole year.”这一信息可知本句错。 3. A。由第三段“The new wing uses cooling tech( 技术). It gets help from the sun.”这两句可知 本句正确。 4. A。由第三段“It will keep the temperature of the hotel at about -5°C.”这一句可知本句正确。 5. B。由最后一段“During spring and summer months, the sun in Sweden is up for almost 24 hours a day.”这一信息可知本句错。 Unit 32 A. 立冬节气 1. C。由第一句和下一句“In China…in November…”可知，落叶时风自然也变得冷起来，因 而选C 项cold 符合常理。 2. A。此处表示“立冬到来”，因而应选A 项comes。 3. D。此处句意是“中国人通常在立冬这一天吃一顿大餐”，并不明确说明这顿大餐是早餐、 午餐还是晚餐，因而选D 项meal 符合短文意思。 4. B。由后面的“on cold days”这一信息可知，人们吃得好是为了“保暖”，因而选B 项warm（温 暖的）。 5. A。此处表示“在立冬这一天”，应使用介词on，所以答案为A。 6. B。前一句说“在中国北方，立冬这天人们吃水饺”，由此可知此处指“南方人在这一天吃鸡、 鸭、鱼肉”，所以答案选B 项south（南方）。 7. D。由后面几句可知，此处意思是“从前，立冬也是人们储存蔬菜的时候”，因而选D 项 vegetables（蔬菜）。 8. C。由常识可知，从前冬季时，北方没有很多新鲜蔬菜可吃，因而选C 项winter。 9. C。此处意思是“过去在冬季人们没有地方购买新鲜蔬菜”，因而选C 项fresh（新鲜的）。 10. A。本句后面的“tomatoes sauce”这一信息暗示了答案，因而选A 项tomatoes。 B. 电视频道信息 1. B。根据题干中“at 19:00 on Channel 2”这一信息，到Channel 2 一栏可找到“19:00；Animal 185 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 World”这一信息，因而答案为B。 2. A。由题干中“watch NBA（观看美国职业篮球联赛）”这一信息可知答案为A（体育）。 3. D。由题干中关键词music 可以从Channel 1 找到相应信息“21:15 Pop Music”，因而答案为D。 4. C。由常识可知“Modern English”应是教观众学英语的节目，因而答案为C。D 项“英语新闻” 属于新闻类内容，不应该是教学节目。 5. A。由常识可知，此类电视频道节目预告一般出现在报纸上，因而答案为A。 C. 培养学习好习惯 1. D。由第一段中“When you have good study habits, you learn things quickly. You also remember them easily.”这两句可知答案为D。 2. B。由第二段中“Do you like to study in the living room? This is not a good place because it is usually too noisy.”这两句可知答案为B。 3. C。答案出自最后一段“You’ll feel tired easily if there is not enough light( 光线).”这一句， 因而选C。 4. A。由最后一段第一句“Before you begin to study, do not forget to clean your desk.”可知答案 为A。 5. B。全文围绕“学习必须有好习惯”这一主题展开，因而最佳标题是B 项。 Unit 33 A. 雪豹 1. as。由句意可知，此处表示“雪豹和大熊猫一样美妙”，as…as 表示“和……一样”。 2. lives。由句意可知，雪豹生活在大山里，主语是单数形式，因而填lives。 3. little。由该句后面“because it is shy”这一信息可知填little，此处表示“我们对雪豹了解得 不多”。 4. in。此处表示“在中国”，应使用介词in。 5. cold。由常识可知，青海和西藏的冬天比较寒冷，因而填cold。 6. fastest。空格后的“and strongest”暗示了答案，因而填fastest（最快的）。 7. look for。由句意可知，此处表示“寻找食物”，因而填动词短语look for（寻找）。 8. baby。由下一句“to feed her baby”可知，此处应填baby。 9. ill。此处句意是“如果找不到食物或者患病，雪豹妈妈和小雪豹就会死亡”，因而填形容词 ill（有病的）。 10. life。由上文两句可知，在野外，雪豹的生活很艰难，因而填life 符合文意。 B. 英国的交通 1. B。由画线词后面“in the street because the traffic drives on the left”这一信息可知，英国的 交通方式与中国有所不同，因而应“非常小心”，所以答案为B。 2. B。由第一段中“If the traffic lights are red, the traffic must stop. Then people on foot can cross the road.”这一信息可知答案为B。 3. C。由第二段中“In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. It’s a good way to see the city.”这一句可知答案为C。 186 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 4. C。本文主要介绍了有关英国交通的一些信息，因而最佳标题是C。 C. 独自在家学会自我保护 1. To keep/Keeping the door locked. 答案出自第二段“Keep the door locked( 锁) when you are alone at home. Many people think it’s the best way to protect themselves.”这两句。 2. To call for help./Because we will use them to call for help. 由第三段“Keep some phone numbers to call for help—such as 110, …”这一句可知答案。 3. Ask our/the parents./We can ask our parents. 由第四段“Be careful with the elec­trical( 电的) things like a TV or a computer. If you don’t know how to use them, ask your parents.”这两句可 以找到答案。 4. Look through the keyhole./We should look through the keyhole. 由第五段“Look through the keyhole when you hear the doorbell.”这一段可知答案。 5. Because sometimes bad people ring outdoors to see if anyone is at home. 答案出自短文最后 一句“To ignore( 忽视) the doorbell is not a good idea because sometimes bad people ring outdoors to see if anyone is at home.”。 Unit 34 A. 美国学生为校服发愁 1. B。此处表示“在美国”，应使用介词in，所以答案为B。 2. A。前一句讲私立学校有校服，本句说一些公立学校也有校服，因而选A 项schools。 3. D。由句意可知，校服有助于学生的功课，因而选D 项lessons（课）。 4. C。此处句意是“当学生穿相同的校服时，他们就不会在着装上花费很多时间”，time 在这 儿是时间的意思，是不可数名词，因而选C 项much。 5. A。此处句意是“家长说他们在校服上花的钱太多”，因而选A 项money。 6. B。本句说“学生抱怨校服看起来不漂亮”，因而选B 项beautiful。 7. D。此处句意是“几乎每一所学校都有着装规则”，因而选D 项rules（规则）。 8. C。此处意思是“服装上不能有不好的字眼”，因而选C 项bad（坏的）。 9. B。此处讲到着装规则是很严格的，因而选B 项strict（严格的）。 10. A。此处说“如果学生不遵守着装规则，他们有可能不得不回家更换衣服”，因而选A 项 clothes（衣服）。 B. 周日与动物相约 1. C。由表格中Taotao 一行中的Monkey Show 这一信息可知，Taotao 是一只猴子，因而答案为C。 2. A。由Nana 之后的来源地可知，熊猫Nana 来自中国，因而答案为A。 3. B。根据题干中的信息词“see the Panda Show”去表格中寻找时间信息，不难看出答案为B。 4. D。由表格中的时间信息可知上午11 点可以看大象展，因而答案为D。 5. B。由Molly 的来源地为南非可知答案为B。其他三个选项均与所给材料中的信息不符，应 排除。 187 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 C. 辨认时间真难学 1. A。由第一段中“But he can’t tell the right time by clock.”这一句可知答案为A。其他选项均 与第一段信息不符，可排除。 2. A。由第一段中“He always says‘breakfast time’for eight o’clock in the morning”这一句可 知答案为A。 3. D。由第一段信息可知答案为D；其他选项均与文中信息不符，应排除。 4. C。由画线词后一句“Yes. Let me count for you. One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and twelve…”可推断，该词表示“数数”之意，因而答案选C。 5. C。由文中信息可知，妈妈努力教约翰正确地说出时间，但由最后一段可知，约翰并没有学 会，因而C 项是最佳答案。 Unit 35 A. 世界上最长的铁路 1. A。该句的主语“The Trans-Siberian Railway（西伯利亚铁路）”是单数意义，因而选A 项 is。 2. B。由句意可知，此处表示“这条铁路有上百年历史”，因而选B 项years。 3. C。此处表示“铁路穿过俄罗斯西伯利亚地区”，应选C 项goes；D 项应改为第三人称单数 形式runs 才正确。 4. D。由句意可知，此处表示“人们需要在火车上待上一个星期的时间”，因而选D 项spend； 其他选项不符合常识。 5. B。由句意可知，此处指“人们旅行中可以看到森林、大山和湖泊”，表达这一意义应选B 项see。 6. D。此处表示“贝加尔湖还有另一个名字”，因而选D 项another（另一个）。 7. A。此处表示“你可以看到许多历史遗迹”，应选可以修饰复数名词的A 项many；如用C 项应将答案改为 a lot of。 8. C。该句表示“克里姆林宫位于喀山市”，应选C 项stands（坐落于……）。 9. A。由句中前面“One can meet people…”这一信息可知，此处表示“结交朋友”，因而选A 项friends。 10. C。此处表示“结交朋友或许是这趟铁路旅行中最令人激动的一部分”，因而选C 项 exciting。 B. 魅力上海 1. A。由文章开头两句，再结合下文内容可知，本文主要介绍上海的旅游胜地，因而答案 为A。 2. B。由文中“People’s Square；The Bund”这两处信息可知，短文介绍了两大景点，因而 答案为B。 3. D。根据第二段对人民广场的介绍可知，广场周围有“喷泉、鸟、建筑”，但没有提到“大桥”， 因而答案为D。 188 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 4. D。由第三段中“If you walk along the Bund, you will see many old and interesting buildings.” 这一句可知答案为D。其他选项与该段信息不符。 5. A。由第三段中“The Pudong New Area is just across the Huangpu River.”这一句可知答案为A。 C. 电子书包 1. It is a small computer for students to use in a classroom. 由第二段“the e-schoolbags may be called an e-textbook. It is a small computer for students to use in a classroom”这两句可以找出 答案。 2. Heavy schoolbags. 由第二段“Heavy schoolbags have long been a serious problem for them.” 这一句可知答案。 3. An e-schoolbag./An e-schoolbag is much lighter. 由第二段中“But the e-schoolbag will change everything. It is much lighter than a usual schoolbag.”这两句可以找出答案。 4. By turning the page on the screen. 根据第二段中“The students can read the text page by turning the page on the screen( 屏幕)”这一句可知答案。 5. The right chip. 答案出自第二段最后“All they have to do is to put the right chip into the e-schoolbag...”这一句。 Unit 36 A. 掉在地上的食物能吃吗？ 1. people。此处句意是“人们遵守5 秒钟原则”，因而填people（人们）。 2. eat。由上文“Can you still eat it?”这一句可知答案，此处应填eat（吃）。 3. First。由下一段句首“Second, if the…”这一信息可知，此处表示“首先”，因而填First。 4. quickly。此处指“食物很快变脏”，因而填副词quickly（快速地）。 5. food。由句意可知，此处指“食物掉在脏的地方”，因而填food。 6. on。表示“食物掉在案板上”应使用介词on。 7. dirty。此处句意是“案板通常并不脏”，因而填形容词dirty（脏的）。 8. them。由前一句可知，此处应使用人称代词them 指代前面提到的“cutting boards（案板）”。 9. bad。此处表示“案板上可能有有害的细菌”，因而填形容词bad。 10. rule。由下一句可知，此处表示“遵循下面这一规则”，因而填名词rule。 B. 网上活动调查 1. C。由表格左栏信息可知，美国成年人在网上做8 种事情，因而答案为C。 2. C。由表格信息上面的标题“Internet Activities”和表格内的信息可知答案为C。 3. D。由表格上面的“That is about 128 million( 百万) people.”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. A。like... best“最喜欢……”，由表格右栏中的数据“93%”可知美国成年人使用网络发邮 件的最多，因而答案为A。 5. B。根据题干中“get news”这一信息很容易在表格右栏中找到“72%”这一数据，由此可 知答案为B。 C. 外星人造访 1. B。由下文“Jim 环顾四周，发现他家发生了一些改变”这一信息可知，该词应表示“变化” 189 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 之意，因而答案为B。 2. A。由文中“The big tree is on the right side of the house, but now it’s on the left.”这一句可知 答案为A。 3. C。由最后一段妈妈说的“Oh, it’s your dad’s work. He thinks our house is too boring and he wants to have some changes.”这两句话可知答案为C。 4. D。由Jim 起床后的新发现可知，他的家发生了一些变化，因而答案为D。其他三个选项均 与文中信息不符，可以排除。 Unit 37 A. 万圣节 1. B。由句意可知此处应选B 项，应使用人称代词It 代指前一句中的“Halloween（万圣节）”。 2. A。由本句前一部分“make scary things”及空格之后的clothes 可知，此处意思是“穿可怕 的衣服”，因而选A 项wear。 3. D。由句意可知，此处表示“在万圣节”这一天，因而选D 项on。 4. A。此处意思是“在南瓜上做出可怕的或者好玩的脸型”，因而选A 项faces。 5. C。由句中空格后的介词in 可知此处表示“ 孩子们对这个节日很感兴趣”，be interested in“对……感兴趣”，因而选C 项 interested。interesting 有意思的；excited 兴奋 的；exciting 令人激动的。 6. B。由句意可知，此处表示“在这一天”，因而选B 项day。 7. D。此处句意是“孩子们挨家挨户行动”，应选D 项from（从）；from house to house 是固定 短语，意为“挨家挨户”。 8. C。此处强调孩子们对邻居们所说的话，因而选C 项say。 9. D。由上一段最后一句中“and ask for candy”可知此处表示“如果邻居不给糖”，因而选D 项candy。 10. A。由前一句中“some children might throw eggs at their door”可知答案为A 项Children。 B. 减少校园污染 1. D。由文章开始“In an environment club, people work together to make our environ­ment clean.” 这一信息可知，环保俱乐部的目的是让环境清洁，因而答案为D。 2. A。由“No-garbage( 无垃圾) lunches”这一部分的信息可知，学生在学校里吃午饭，因而 答案为A。 3. C。由“No-car day”部分中“nobody comes to school in a car—neither the students nor the teachers!”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. C。由“Turn off the water”中“…washrooms can waste twenty to forty tons of water an hour? In a year, that would fill a small river!”可知，通过维修厕所，他们可以节约大量的水，因此 答案为C。 5. B。通读全文可知，作者写这篇文章旨在要求学生减少污染，因而答案为B。 C. 去朋友家做客 1. We should arrive on time./ Arrive on time. 由“When to arrive”这一段中“The first thing to 190 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 remember is that when a friend invites you to his or her house, you should arrive on time.”这句 可知答案。 2. We can be there a little bit after 5:00. 由“When to arrive”这一段中“If your friend tells you to come ‘around 5:00’, that means(意味着) you can be there a little bit after 5:00.”这句可知答案。 3. A nice snack, a movie or some beautiful flowers. 答案出自“What to bring”这段中“This could be a nice snack…, or maybe a movie…You can also bring some beautiful flowers.”这几句。 4. Their parents. 由最后一段“When you visit your friend’s house, you may also get the chance to meet their parents.”这一句可知答案。 5. Yes, it is. 由短文最后一句“But it’s more polite to call them Mr. or Mrs. Smith (or whatever).” 可以总结出答案。 Unit 38 A. 晒太阳让你更聪明 1. for。由常识可知，阳光对身体有益，因而填介词for；be good for 是固定短语，意思是 “对……有好处”。 2. It。由前后两句可知，此处应填It，指代上文提到的sunshine（阳光）。 3. clever。由下一段内容可知，阳光可以使人更聪明，因而填形容词clever（聪明的）。 4. mice。前一句和后一句都提到“mice（老鼠）”，因而此处应填“mouse（老鼠）”的复数形 式mice。 5. name。此处指人体内的那种“great thing”的名字，因而填name。 6. does。由句意可知，该句表示“谷氨酸为人体做很多事情”，因而填does。 7. better。此处表示“谷氨酸可以给我们更好的能力”，因而填better（更好的）。 8. careful。前一句提到每天可以享受阳光一小时，后一句表示转折意思“但是应该小心”，因 而填形容词careful（小心的）。 9. strong。由常识可知，夏季中午阳光强烈，因而填形容词strong（强的）。 10. morning。此处表示“享受阳光最好是在早晨或日落之前”，因而填morning。 B. 行为规则 1. A。由表格横线处右栏中第4 条规则“Turn on the computers right…”可知答案为A。 2. D。画线词前面的信息“Turn on the computers”意思是“打开电脑”，而画线词之后是after class，意思是“下课时”，由此可知该画线词表示“关闭”之意，所以答案为D。 3. A。由家庭规则第2 条和电脑室规则第3 条可知答案为A，即“两个地方都不允许大声喧哗”。 其他选项均与表格内容有关信息不符。 C. 邀请和回应邀请 1. C。由第一段中“They often ask their friends over for a meal, a party, or just for a talk.”这一句 可知答案为C。 2. D。根据“How will you answer an invitation?”这一句之后的信息可知，A、B、C 三项均是 合适的回应方式，而D 项的回答方式不太有礼貌，因而答案为D。 3. A。由最后一段信息可知，真正的邀请一般会给出具体的时间，而没有给出明确时间的则只 191 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 是一种友好的表示，因而答案为A。 4. B。由画线词之后的“such as ‘Please come over for a drink sometime.’”等句子可知，该词应 表示“邀请”之意，因而答案为B。 Unit 39 A. 聊天机器人 1. C。由文章首句“Do you ever talk to your favorite stuffed animal or toy?”可知答案为C 项 talks，talk back 意思是“回话”。 2. A。由句意可知，此处表示“机器人的工作”，因而选A 项Its（它的）；而B 项It’s 是It is（它 是）的缩写。 3. B。由本句后面的“can sit in one of your hands”可知机器人“很小”，因而选B 项small （小的）。 4. D。由常识和句意“机器人可以发出不同的声音、挪动身体上部，还会回答问题和开玩笑” 可知选D 项answer（回答）。 5. C。由句意可知，此处表示“机器人和五岁的孩子一样聪明”，因而选C 项clever（聪明的）。 6. A。此处表示“机器人将会是老年人的朋友”，因而答案为A 项friend。 7. B。此处句意是“机器人甚至可以照顾病人”，因而选B 项of； take care of 是固定短 语，意为“照顾，照料”。 8. D。该句意思是“公司将首先在日本出售这种机器人”，因而选D 项sell（卖）。 9. B。本句意思是“然后将机器人销往世界其他地方”，所以答案选B 项world（世界）；其他 选项均讲不通。 10. C。由本句后面的意思可知，此处指“机器人的名字取自……”，因而选C 项name。 B. bathroom 还是restroom 1. D。由第一段中“Her plane is to Berlin”这一句可知答案为D。 2. B。由第二段中“Laura says to a man, …”和第三段中“Laura doesn’t understand. She asks a woman”可知答案为B。 3. C。由画线词之后劳拉说的“What’s wrong? I need to use the bathroom and they tell me to rest!”这两句话可知，劳拉听了对方的回答感到困惑，因而答案为C。 4. A。该篇短文讲述了劳拉寻找厕所的经历，其困惑来源于她不知道restroom 和public bathroom 都表示“厕所”之意，因而答案为A。 C. 读书究竟为什么？ 1. read。答案出自第一段“But why do many people still do some reading every day?”这一句。 2. fun。答案出自第二段“First, reading books is fun. You can always keep yourself happy if you like reading.”这两句。 3. keep/make。解析同上。 4. anywhere。答案出自第三段“Next, you can read a book almost anywhere… ”这一句。 5. time。答案出自第三段“Reading is a convenient hobby as it is easy to stop and then start again.” 这一句。 192 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 6. better。答案出自第四段“This means that you will read faster and will become better at under- standing what you read.”这一句。 7. faster/more。解析同上。 8. never/not。答案出自第四段中“Some people say that reading is out of date( 过时). That is not true.”这一句。 9. hobby。答案出自文章最后一句“What other hobby could be more useful…”。 10. way。由文中内容可知，阅读是了解世界的最好方法，因而填way。 Unit 40 A. 风筝的前世今缘 1. first。由句意可知，此处表示“中国人制作了世界上第一个风筝”，因而填first。 2. clever。作为第一个风筝的制作者，鲁班自然应是聪明人，因而填形容词clever（聪明的）。 3. years。由常识可知，鲁班生活在2000 多年前，因而填years。 4. bird。由前一句“He made a bamboo( 竹子) bird.”可知应填bird（鸟）。 5. make。由句意可知，此处指“开始制作纸风筝”，因而填动词make（制造）。 6. usually。此处意思是“人们通常在清明节期间放风筝”，因而填副词usually（通常）。 7. sky。此处指风筝在天上飞，因而填sky（天空）。 8. away。由上下文可知，此处指“风筝会飞走”，因而填副词away（离开）。 9. world’s。潍坊是世界风筝之都，因而填名词所有格形式world’s（世界的）。 10. for。此处表示人们去潍坊的目的，因而填介词for（为了）。 B. 生活服务信息 1. C。根据题干中的关键词“calling 86825044”可以很快找到答题信息“For Sale”，因而答案为C。 2. C。由第二个表格中“Good English teachers give classes from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. on weekends. Classes are ¥50 an hour.”这些信息可知答案为C，即3 个小时共需要花费150 元 人民币。 3. A。由题干中的关键词“want to rent a bike”很容易看出答案为A。 4. B。由第四个表格中的信息可知，林涛捡到了一部黑色手机，因而答案为B。 5. B。由第二个表格中“Please call Lisa at 53545156 on weekdays.”这一信息可知选项B 错， weekday 工作日，weekend 周末；其他三个选项均与表格中信息相符。 C. 儿童与音乐 1. A。由第一段中“Children from 18 months old to 3 years old like short songs.”这一句可知答 案为A。 2. D。由第三段中“For most children, singing is like talking.”这一句可知答案为D。 3. C。根据第三段最后一句“Teaching them how to play musical instruments will help them to be more confident( 自信的).”可知答案为C。 4. D。由文章内容可知，文中并没有提出“所有孩子必须学会如何听音乐”这一观点，因而答 案为D；其他三个选项均与文中信息相符。 193 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 Unit 41 A. 电子产品让你入睡难 1. B。由下文内容可知，本文讲述美国儿童晚上睡觉前使用电子产品的有关情况，此处问句的 意思是“你经常上课犯困吗？”，所以选B 项class 符合文意。 2. C。此处建议学生将智能手机和平板电脑从床头拿走，因而选C 项bed。 3. A。由前面“如果儿童睡前使用电子产品”这一信息可知，后面谈到的是不良后果“有可能 睡眠不好”，因而选A 项poor（差的）。 4. D。此处表示“使用智能手机和平板电脑”，因而选D 项use（使用）。 5. B。由上下文可知，此处表示“太激动以至于睡不着觉”，因而选B 项too；too…to… 是一 种固定句型，意思是“太……以至于不能……”。 6. A。此处句意是“这种蓝光会阻止你睡眠”，因而选A 项sleeping（睡觉）。 7. C。由句意可知，此处表示“89% 的美国青少年在他们的床附近有至少一种电子产品”，因 而选C 项have（有）。 8. A。由常识可知，儿童在睡前使用电子产品，因而选A 项before（在……之前）。 9. C。此处表示“儿童应该在睡前至少30 分钟就停止看电子产品”，因而选C 项minutes （分钟）。 10. D。此处表示“做好睡眠准备”，应选D 项for；get ready for 是固定短语，意思是“为…… 做好准备”。 B. 生日风俗 1. B。由表格中琳达的介绍中“Each teacher gives the birthday child a small gift like a pencil, an eraser or a postcard.”可知答案为B。 2. C。琳达自我介绍“I am fourteen”，再根据露西的介绍“I am one year older than Linda.”，由 此可知露西15 岁，因而答案为C。 3. C。由露西的自我介绍中“Denmark（丹麦）is my country.”可知答案为C。 4. B。由汤姆的自我介绍中“The birthday person also gives the first piece of cake to his or her most special friend or relative, usually mom or dad.”可知答案为B。 5. A。表格前面的文字并没有提到“中国孩子过生日吃糖”这一信息，因而答案为A。其他三 个选项均与表格内信息相符。 C. 森林迷路不用怕 1. You may get lost. 答案出自短文开头两句“If you go into the forest with friends, stay with them. If you don’t, you may get lost.”。 2. Sit down and stay there. 答案出自第二段第一句。 3. We can shout, whistle or give other signals three times. 由第二段“You can shout or whistle three times and stop …Giving any signal three times is a call for help.”这些信息可以找到答案。 4. Leaves and grass. 答案出自第三段“Make yourself a bed with leaves and grass.”这一句。 5. Stay at one place. 由短文最后一句“When you are lost, the most important thing to do is to stay at one place.”可知答案。 194 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Unit 42 A. 汉语拼音60 岁了 1. two。由前面的“多少、少年”可知，此处表示“有两个意思”，因而填数词two。 2. different。由句意可知，此处表示“通过不同的音来区分汉字”，因而填形容词different（不 同的）。 3. many。此句表示“中文中有许多这样的汉字”，因而填修饰可数名词的many（许多）。 4. old。由语境可知，此句意思是“拼音有60 年的历史了”，因而填old。 5. Chinese。由上下文可知，此处表示“通过拼音学习汉语”，因而填Chinese（中文）。 6. friend。此处表示“你可以直接对外国朋友说‘nihao’”，因而填friend。 7. you。由前一句“If you talk about Chinese gongfu”可知此处意为“他/ 她就会懂你的意思”， 填人称代词you。 8. words。由句意可知，此处表示“ 《牛津英语词典》中有100 多个以拼音出现的中文单词”， 因而填words（单词）。 9. shopping。由空格前面的“wanggou”可知意为“网购”，应填shopping（购物）。 10. bridge。由全文内容可知，该句表示“拼音是中国和世界之间的桥梁”，因而填bridge（桥）。 B. 图书馆借阅信息 1. B。由图书馆公告之前的“The library is open to every student and the library card is free.”这 一句可知答案为B。 2. A。由图表内的信息“You can’t take any newspapers or magazines out of the library.”可知答 案为A。其他选项均与表格内信息相符合。 3. D。由图表内的信息“You can borrow all kinds of video films”可知答案为D。其他三个选项 均与表格内信息不相符，因而排除。 C. 快乐单车骑行 1. D。由第一段“It can be dangerous to ride a bike in cities in Australia.”这一句可知答案为D。 其他选项均与第一段信息不符。 2. B。由第二段中“Now I am living in Beijing, and I am having fun on my bike again. I have an old black bike.”这些信息可知答案为B。 3. A。由第三段中“I look for traffic when I am turning or crossing the road.”这一句可知答案为A。 其他选项均与第三段信息不符。 4. D。由最后一段“And if we all ride bikes, there will be less pollution from cars.”这一句可知答 案为D。其他选项均无法从文中找到支持信息，可以排除。 Unit 43 A. 舌尖上的感恩节 1. A。由下文内容及常识可知， “在美国，感恩节是个节日”，因而选A 项holiday（假期，节日）。 2. C。此处指“在每年11 月的第4 个星期四”，因而选C 项year。 3. B。由句意可知，此处表示“感恩节开始于400 多年前”，因而选B 项ago。 4. D。由句意可知，此处表示“向……说感谢”，应选D 项thanks；say thanks to sb. 意为“对 195 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 某人说感谢”。 5. A。由句意可知，此处表示“感恩节是人们感恩健康、家人和朋友的机会”，因而选A 项 people（人们）。此题B、C、D 三项都被包括在A 项中。 6. C。由下一句“The most popular food to eat”可以看出，此处表示“人们吃许多美食”，因 而选C 项food。 7. B。句子缺少谓语，主语“The most popular food…”是单数意义，因而选B 项is。 8. D。此处句意是“人们通常会在火鸡里放面包屑……”，因而选D 项usually（通常）。 9. B。由句意可知，此处表示“在感恩节这一天”，因而选B 项on。 10. C。句子中“drinking，and wine with their meal”这些关键信息暗示了答案，应选C 项juice （果汁）。 B. 外出用餐小贴士 1. C。由第二段“When you are eating out in a restaurant or a snack bar, don’t have too many soft drinks.”这一信息可知答案为C。 2. D。由第二段“Soft drinks not only have a lot of sugar and make you fat, but also stop you from having strong bones.”这一句可知答案为D。 3. C。由第三段中“A full meal( 套餐) usually has a starter( 开胃菜), a main course( 主菜), a dessert( 甜点) and a drink.”这一句可知答案为C。 4. B。由最后一段“You should remember: salads and vegetables are better side dishes than French fries. Fried( 油炸的)foods are high in fat.”这两句可知答案为B。 5. A。短文主要就“外出就餐如何吃得更健康”提出了一些建议，由此可知答案为A。 C. 海南的四季 1. second。答案出自第二段“Hainan Island, the second largest island of China”这一句。 2. pollution。由第二段“There is not much pollution.”这一句可以看出答案。 3. sunny/warm。由第三段“On warm and sunny days”这一信息可知答案。 4. bike/bicycle。答案出自第三段最后一句“people like going hiking or riding bicycles in the open air to relax themselves”。 5. beaches。由第四段“In summer, the weather is hot and there is strong sunshine, so almost all the local people like going to the beaches…”这一句可知答案。 6. interesting。由第四段“but swimming in the sea is very different and interesting”这一句可 知答案。 7. wind。由第五段“In autumn, the leaves turn yellow and begin to fall down with the cool wind.” 这一句可知答案。 8. sound。答案出自第五段“I like walking alone in the leaves, listening to their sound.”这一句。 9. warm。由第六段“In winter, many other parts of China are very cold, but in my home­town it is still warm”这一句可知答案。 10. old。由第六段最后“so winter here is a paradise( 天堂) for the young and the old”这一句可知 答案。 196 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 Unit 44 A. 美国的购物中心 1. shopping。由后面的“in a mall ( 购物中心)”可知，妈妈喜欢去购物，因而填shopping；go shopping（去购物）是固定表达方式。 2. popular。由下文内容可知，购物中心是受欢迎的地方，因而填形容词popular（流行的）。 3. time。此处表示在购物中心花费的时间很多，因而填time。 4. many。后面几句都在介绍人们喜欢购物中心的原因，因而填many（许多）符合语境。 5. safe。该句后面的“a police station or security guards(保安)”这一信息暗示了答案，也就是说“他 们感到很安全”，因而填形容词safe（安全的）。 6. always。此处表示“购物中心里面的天气总是很好”，因而填副词always（总是）。 7. with。由句意可知，此处表示“有瀑布和棕榈树的休息区”，因而填介词with（有，带有）。 8. doctor。由本句后面的“or a dentist（牙医）”可知应填doctor（医生）。 9. play。此处表示“妈妈购物时，孩子们可以和爸爸或者爷爷奶奶一起玩”，因而填动词play（玩）。 10. everything。由全文内容可知，人们在购物中心几乎可以做所有事情，因而填every­thing。 B. 生活广告 1. B。题干中的“walk”是解题关键，由“A Walk”中“Meet at the school gate.”这一信息可 知答案为B。 2. A。题干中的“rent an apartment”是解题信息，从“For Rent”中所提供的电话号码“68252503” 可知答案为A。 3. D。由“For Sale”中“Basketball: ¥40；Pen: ¥1. 50”可知答案为D。 4. C。题干中的waitress 是解题信息，由“Wanted（招聘）”中“Call Miss Li at 65433265 today!”这一信息可知答案为C。 5. C。由“For Sale”中“Yucai School Things Store, next to No. 1 High School”这一信息可知C 项错误；其他选项均与广告中信息一致。 C. 忙碌的蜜蜂 1. C。由第三段中“When spring comes, …the bees come out of the hives very early in the morning. They fly away and gather the sweet juice out of the flowers.”这一信息可知答案为C。 2. A。由画线词所在句子的前半句“They are the houses in which the bees live”这一信息可知， 该词表示“蜂巢”之意，因而答案为A。 3. D。由最后一段“The bee has a long tongue( 舌)，with which it thrusts( 插) into the flower, to suck up the juice.”这一信息可知答案为D。 4. B。文章主要介绍春天到来时，蜂蜜忙着采花、酿蜜的情景，因而答案为B。 Unit 45 A. 密码设置须安全 1. B。由句意可知，如果密码太简单，别人可能会猜出来，因而选B 项easy（容易的）。 2. C。此处句意是“现在我们有太多的密码需要记住”，因而答案为C 项many。 3. A。此处表示“许多人使用自己的信息”，因而选A 项their 与主语“many（许多人）”一致。 197 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 4. D。由句意可知，此处表示“这些密码在网络上并不安全”，因而选D 项safe（安全的）。 5. A。句子的主语表示单数意义，因而谓语应使用单数第三人称形式，所以选A 项is。C 和 D 两个选项与文意不符，可排除。 6. C。由句意可知，此处作者建议“不要使用可以在词典中找到的词汇”，因而选C 项use（使用）。 7. D。此处的建议是“使密码长一些”，因而选D 项long。 8. A。由后面的“with numbers and symbols in it”这一信息可知，此处应表示“使用9 个字母 组成的密码”，因而答案为A 项letters（字母）。 9. B。此处句意为“破解这个密码将花费一个人很长的时间”，句中使用的是“It takes sb. + 时 间+to do sth.（做某事花费某人……时间）”这一句型，因而答案为B 项take。 10. C。最后一段连续提出三条建议：绝不使用个人信息作为密码、不同事情使用不同的密码、 每90 天改换一次密码，由此可知答案选C 项Change（改变）。 B. 海鸟为什么吃塑料？ 1. A。由第二段首句“Maybe the plastic waste smells like the seabirds’ food.”可知，海鸟吃塑料 垃圾是因为这些垃圾闻起来像它们的食物，因而答案为A。 2. C。由画线句意义可知，该词应表示“发出（气味）”这一意义，因而答案为C。 3. D。由第三段最后“Some birds even give their babies plastic to eat by mistake.”这一句可知D 项错；其他选项均与第三段内容相符。 4. B。通读短文可知，文章主要讲述了海鸟吃塑料垃圾的原因，因而B 是最佳标题。 C. 体验当明星 1. They are from Spring Middle School./From Spring Middle School. 答案出自第一段“Students from Spring Middle School in the US could tell you what it’s like.”这一句。 2. Fourteen./Fourteen students./ Fourteen students were chosen to make the film. 由第二段 “Fourteen students were chosen from the school.”可知答案。 3. It was in winter. / In winter. 答案出自第四段“It was very cold when making the film. Students had to stand in the snow with icy wind.”这两句。 4. By watching videos./He learned it by watching videos. 由倒数第二段中Erus Harrington说的“I just learn it by watching videos”这句话。 5. During the film festival at a local high school in May. 答案出自短文最后一句。 Unit 46 A. 世界家庭日 1. family。全文在介绍有关家庭的事情，因而此处填family。 2. but。由句意可知，前后两个信息是转折意义，因而填连词but（但是）。 3. faces。由空格后“make me laugh”可知填faces； make faces 是固定短语，意思是“做鬼脸”。 4. happily。由前面几句可知，没有爸爸妈妈，孩子就不会幸福地成长，因而填副词happily（快 乐地，幸福地）。 5. big。上一段讲到自己的家庭是个小家庭，相对于一家三口而言；而本段又说到爷爷奶奶， 因而此处应填big。 198 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 6. children。由句意可知，此处说爷爷奶奶就像大孩子一样，因而填children。 7. read。由后面的“报纸”可知应填动词read（阅读），即为爷爷奶奶读报。 8. fight。由后一句“We even stage( 上演) a cold war”可知，此处指“一家人吵架”，因而填 动词fight（吵架）。 9. best。由本段信息可知，作者认为自己拥有最好的家庭，因而填形容词best。 10. singing。由前文和后面的“and dancing”这一提示可知，空格处应填singing（唱歌）。 B. 幽默三则 1. A。阅读表格内容可知它们都是笑话，因而答案为A。 2. C。由第一个笑话中“No, it isn’t raining.”这一信息可知，女孩没有弄湿的原因不是因为伞大， 而是根本没有下雨，所以答案为C。 3. D。由算数常识可知答案为D。 4. B。由第三个表格中的母子对话，尤其是儿子的“She is the one who sells candies( 糖果).” 这句话可知答案为B。 C. 网上聊天安全第一 1. B。由短文首句“Remember that online friends are really strangers ( 陌生人).”可知答案为B。 2. B。由文中“If you feel that you ‘have to’ meet, …and meet in a public place in daytime.”这一 信息可知答案为B。 3. C。由常识可知，学校邮箱地址不属于个人信息，因而答案为C。 4. D。由最后一条建议“Learn how to keep a copy of the conversation in chat—this may be useful if you want to report something.”可知答案为D。 Unit 47 A. 美国小学生的一天 1. A。由常识可知，每个孩子的school day 应该是“不同的”，因而选A 项different。 2. B。此处表示“从早上八点半到晚上五点半”，使用的是介词短语from…to…，因而选B 项 to。 3. C。由句首的“some days（有几天）”可知，此处指“在那几天里”，因而选C 项days。 4. D。由下文“We only have 4 minutes to get to the next class.”这一信息可知，学生们应该是“跑 着去储物柜拿东西”，因而选D 项run。 5. A。由常识可知，一节课大约有“五十分钟”比较合乎常理，因而答案为A 项minutes（分 钟）；其他选项不符合常理。 6. B。由句中时间信息“12:30 p.m.”可知，此处指的是“午餐”，因而选B 项Lunch-time（午 餐时间）。 7. C。此处表示“午饭后有些时间出去玩”，因而应选C 项time。 8. A。由后面的句子可知，此处表示“放学后我仍然忙碌”，因而应选A 项after。 9. D。此处表示“大约晚上7 点吃晚饭”，因而应选D 项dinner。 10. C。由句意可知，此处表示“上床睡觉”，因而应选C 项bed。 199 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 B. 怎样过父亲节最有意义 1. B。由短文第一段首句“Father’s Day falls on the third Sunday of June.”可直接看出答案选B。 2. B。第二段开头两句介绍了传统时代父亲的角色，因而推断本句介绍“现代家庭中父亲的角 色”，由此可知答案为B。 3. A。由第三段中“Maybe the best way to celebrate Father’s Day, then, is to forget what ‘the father’ does, just thank your father for what he does for you.”这一句可知答案为A。 4. C。由最后一段中“or just say ‘Happy Father’s Day!’”这一信息可知答案为C。其他选项均 与该段信息不符。 C. 动物大观园 1. B。由第一段中“Pandas… They are cute. So people all over the world like them very much. And… people all want to see them at a zoo.”这些信息可知，本段主要讲述人们喜欢、想看熊 猫的原因，因而标题应为B 项。 2. D。由第二段中“Tigers are a kind of big cats. They are very big but cats are very small.”这一 信息可知，该段主要讲到老虎和猫是两种猫科动物，只是各有特点，因而答案为D。 3. A。由第三段首句“There are many animals at City Zoo.”以及后面提到的“panda, elephant, giraffe, tiger, lion”等动物名称可知答案为A。 4. C。由第四段中“don’t have many children,... are weak, eats about 30kg of bamboo a day”这些 关键词可知答案为C。 5. E。由第五段内容可知，本段主要讲述了猴子的外貌、爱好、生存地、生活习性等信息，因 而答案为E。 Unit 48 A. 好玩的水滑梯 1. fun。由句意可知，此处表示“在水中玩乐”，因而填名词fun（乐趣）。 2. best。由句意可知，这里表示“最喜欢哪种活动”，应填副词best（最）。 3. exciting。此处表示“从水滑梯上滑下令人兴奋”，因而填形容词exciting（令人兴奋）。 4. is。句子使用的是There be 句型，主语science 是不可数名词，因而谓语应使用is。 5. down。由常识可知，在水滑梯上是向下滑，因而填副词down（向下）。 6. faster。由后面的than（和……相比）可知此处表示比较意义“更快”，因而填faster（更快地）。 7. have。该句意思是“水滑梯有坡度和转弯”，主语Slides 是复数形式，因而谓语使用have。 8. usually。由常识可知，大坡度的水滑梯一般比较高，因而填副词usually（通常地）。 9. your。此处表示“转弯多的水滑梯使你下滑时快速改变方向”，因而填your 符合句意。 10. say。由句意可知，这里表示“向科学说谢谢”，因而填动词say。 B. “阳光之城” 1. A。由地图信息可知，博物馆位于书店和图书馆之间，因而答案为A。 2. B。由地图右侧信息可知，医院位于“Adam Street”大街上，因而答案为B。 3. A。由地图左侧信息可知，在校学生购买文具最近的地方是“购物中心”，因而答案为A。 200 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 4. C。由图中左侧信息可知，公园位于博物馆的西南，因而答案为C。 5. C。由地图右侧信息可知，沿着Adam Street 走，然后在第二个十字路口向左转，她将会发 现左边的图书馆，因而答案为C。 C. 健康生活方式 1. A。由第一段中“The way to live a healthy lifestyle is making small changes—taking more walk, eating more fruit, having an extra glass of water”可知文中并没有提到A 项是健康生活方式。 2. B。由画线词后面“Working in the garden, cleaning the kitchen, sweeping the floor”这些信息 可以推断，画线词表示“家务活”之意，因而答案为B。 3. C。由第二段中“Play games, take a walk… almost anything will be more active than sitting on the couch.”这一信息可知答案为C。 4. B。第一段中“these are just a few ways you can start living healthily without big ch­anges”这一 句是本文的主题句，即文章主要讲述如何开始一种健康的生活方式，因而答案为B。 Unit 49 A. 最简单的问候方式 1. friend。由句中后面的“a stranger（陌生人）”这一提示可知作为对比应填friend（朋友）。 2. words。此处意思是“见面时有许多词汇可以使用”，因而填words（单词）。 3. and。由句意可知，空格前后两句之间意义上并列，因而填连词and（和，而且）。 4. in。此处表示“在英语中”，因而填介词in。 5. times。由空格前的“many”可知应填times（次数）。 6. someone。由句意可知，此处表示“向我们认识的某个人问好”，因而填someone（某人）。 7. first。由上一句“问候认识的某个人”可以看出，此处作为对比，应指“问候初次见面的人”， 因而填first。 8. saying。由句意可知，这里表示“说‘你好’的简略方式”，因而填saying。 9. when。由句意可以看出，空格后是表示时间的句子，因而填连词when（当……时候）。 10. nice。由后面的“friendly（友好的）”这一提示可以看出应选择填入一个褒义形容词，故填 nice（美好的）。 B. 护眼从自身做起 1. C。由第二段中“But we must do something to protect our eyes because they are impor­tant for us to see the world.”这一句可直接看出答案为C。 2. B。由第四段“At school, you need to do eye exercises. Closing your eyes for rest is helpful, as well as looking at green trees or grasses.”这两句可知，文章提供了三种让眼睛休息的方式（做 眼保健操、闭眼休息、看绿树和草），因而答案为B。 3. B。由最后一段中“We should never rub( 摩擦) our eyes with dirty fingers.”这一句可知B 项 不是保护眼睛的好习惯，因而答案为B。 4. D。通读短文可知，文章主要讲述了眼睛的重要性以及如何保护眼睛，因而最佳标题是D。 C. 网站为你分忧 1. E。由第一位同学Kim 的信息可知他数学学得不好，而E 网站是有关如何学习数学的，因 201 ● 附 录 ： 答 案 详 解 而答案为E。 2. C。第二位同学Bruce 喜欢英语，喜欢阅读英语故事，而C 网站正好是有关英语故事阅读的， 因而答案选C。 3. A。第三位同学Ann 喜欢动物，而A 网站提供许多有关动物的照片、视频等，因而答案选A。 4. B。第四位同学Jeff 酷爱运动，长大想当篮球运动员，而B 网站可以让用户观看全世界各 类运动，因而答案选B。 5. F。第五位同学Frank 喜欢音乐，喜欢唱歌，而F 网站可以听歌、可以下载歌曲，因而答案为F。 Unit 50 A. 拒绝欺凌 1. what。由句意可知，此处表示“你应该做什么”，因而填疑问代词what。 2. don’t。由后一句内容可知，此处建议“不要用拳头”，因而填don’t。 3. words。由句中后面“tell the bully to stop”这一信息可知，此处表示“你可以用言语”，因 而填words。 4. stop。由前一句内容可知，此处表示“欺负人的人有可能会停下来”，因而填动词stop（停止）。 5. away。由下一句“去告诉老师或者父母”可知，此处建议远离欺负人的人，因而填away； stay away from 是固定短语，意为“远离……”。 6. glad。此处意思是“老师和父母会很高兴你告诉他们所发生的事情”，因而填glad（高兴的）。 7. yourself。该句意思是“对于发生的事情不要只放在自己心里”，因而填反身代词yourself（你 自己）； keep sth. to oneself 是固定短语，意为“对某事保密，不把某事讲出来”。 8. each other。此处表示“我们应该相互关爱”，因而填each other（彼此，相互）。 9. angry。此处句意为“因为你生气就伤害别人是不合适的”，因而填形容词angry（愤怒的）。 10. before。此处建议“说或者做不好的事情之前先让自己冷静下来”，因而填连词before（在…… 之前）。 B. 健康从三餐开始 1. B。由第一段中“She tells the doctor that she thinks that there is something wrong with her stomach( 胃).”这一句可知答案为B。 2. A。由文中“I know dinner is very important, so I have a big dinner every day! I always have fish, …Sometimes I eat ice-cream and puddings.”这一信息可知答案为A。 3. A。由文中医生所说的“In fact, breakfast is the most important meal!”这句话可知答案为A。 4. D。根据医生的话“Dinner is important, but you shouldn’t eat too much.”可知答案为D。 5. B。由文中Judy 所说的“I have an apple for breakfast and sometimes a piece of bread.”可知， 她并非不吃早餐，因而答案为B；其他选项均符合文中信息。 C. 购物在英国 1. A。由短文第一段首句“Most shops in Britain open at 9:00 a.m., and close at 5:00 or 5:30 in the evening.”可知，英国大部分商店每天开业大约8 个小时，因而答案选A。 2. C。由第二段最后“One problem is stamps. In Britain you can only buy these at post offices.” 这一句可知答案为C。 202 小 学 英 语 阅 读 理 解 与 完 形 填 空 满 分 训 练 150 篇 3. C。由第三段第一句“Many large food shops are self-service( 自助).”可知答案为C。其他选 项均与文中信息不一致。 4. D。由最后一段“When you are waiting to be served in a shop, don’t try to go before people who arrive before you.”中这一句可知答案为D。其他选项均与文中信息不符，可以排除。 5. B。由画线词前面“When you are waiting to be served in a shop, don’t try to go before people who arrive before you.”这一句可知，人们在商店接受服务时必须排队，因而答案为B。